{"title":"Filtration","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"marinepure-fresh-gems-50g","title":"MarinePure Fresh GEMS 50g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic biomedia sized for nano and small canister filters.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure Fresh GEMS are small ceramic pellets made by CerMedia (USA) from the same aluminosilicate ceramic as the full-size MarinePure Spheres and Plates, fired above 1,000°C to create a rigid, open-pore structure. Each pellet is about 19 mm (¾\") across, so the 50 g box suits hang-on-back and small canister filters on freshwater community, planted and tropical tanks, where a full block or sphere box would be overkill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e — an open-pore structure gives bacteria far more surface to colonise than a plastic bio-ball or ring of the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles the nitrogen cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e — the porosity is designed to support ammonia- and nitrite-processing bacteria, with nitrate reduction in the low-oxygen pore centres over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans, unlike foam or floss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFills odd-shaped spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — loose pellets pack into media baskets and hang-on-back trays that a block or plate can't reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePellet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 19 mm (¾\") diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area density\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1.3–1.7 m² per gram (CerMedia's published material rate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal surface area, this box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft), calculated from the rate above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister, hang-on-back and internal filters with a media basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich GEMS box do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGEMS come in two sizes, and the right one depends on the filter as much as the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload guidance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh GEMS 50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks up to 40 US gal (150 L) — CerMedia's own filter-sizing guidance for this pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater community, planted and tropical tanks in small canisters or hang-on-back filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGEMS 90 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine nano and small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia rates the two GEMS packs separately rather than one being scaled from the other: tanks up to 40 US gallons (150 L) for the Fresh GEMS 50 g pack, and up to 70 US gallons (265 L) for the 90 g box. Both figures come from CerMedia's own site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater community, planted and tropical aquariums running a canister, hang-on-back or internal filter with a media basket small enough for loose pellets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sole biological media on anything beyond a small tank — for larger systems, MarinePure Spheres, PODs or a Plate carry far more surface area per dollar. Not a mechanical or chemical media either — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse GEMS in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so GEMS keep working until the filter basket is due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Small)\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps loose GEMS contained and easy to lift out for a rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA water conditioner\u003c\/strong\u003e — dechlorinate top-up water before it reaches the filter, so new water doesn't strip the bacterial film.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure Fresh GEMS has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix GEMS with other filter media in the same basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. GEMS are commonly run alongside mechanical floss or sponge for particles, and chemical media such as carbon for odour and colour, as long as the basket still lets water pass through the GEMS rather than around them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — GEMS need time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before they're doing useful biological work. Run the filter on an established tank's water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before adding livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill GEMS work in a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ceramic itself is fresh and marine safe, but CerMedia markets the Fresh GEMS 50 g pack specifically for freshwater use. For marine or reef systems, the 90 g GEMS box is the one CerMedia rates for marine as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a box of GEMS last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndefinitely, with a periodic rinse. Ceramic biomedia isn't a wear item like filter floss — replace it only if it's physically damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773850308899,"sku":"725342","price":23.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/gem-box-only-3787-scaled.jpg?v=1782102139"},{"product_id":"marinepure-mesh-bag","title":"MarinePure Mesh Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tidy way to run loose MarinePure media in a sump or filter basket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Mesh Bag is a durable, non-toxic polyester mesh bag with a drawstring closure, made to hold MarinePure biomedia — Spheres, GEMS or PODs — in a canister filter, sump or hang-on-back basket. It's freshwater and marine safe, and comes in three sizes to match how much media you're running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawstring closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — cinch it shut and the media stays put, even in high flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolyester mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — open enough for water to pass freely through the media inside, without letting loose pellets or spheres escape into the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift-out convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e — pull the whole bag for a rinse at a water change instead of fishing loose media out of a basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits reef sumps as well as freshwater canisters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to the amount of MarinePure media you're running, from a small GEMS box to a full box of Spheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall (10 × 16 cm), Medium (20 × 30 cm), Large (25 × 38 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 × 16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA GEMS box or a small handful of PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 1.9–3.8 L box of Spheres, or a 3–pack of PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 × 38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger volumes of loose Spheres in a sump or big canister\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e containing MarinePure Spheres, GEMS or PODs in a sump, canister or hang-on-back filter, in freshwater or marine setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine mechanical filtration — the mesh is designed to contain biomedia, not to trap fine particles like floss or polyester pad does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the bag along with the media inside it, in tank water or dechlorinated water, at a water change. The mesh itself has no fixed replacement interval — replace it if the drawstring fails or the mesh tears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Spheres or GEMS\u003c\/strong\u003e — the media this bag is built to contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure PODs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Small and Medium bags suit a 3-pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use one bag for a mix of Spheres and PODs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the mesh bag doesn't care what MarinePure media is inside it, only how much room it takes up. Pick the size based on volume, not media type.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the mesh restrict flow through the media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome, compared to loose media sitting directly in a basket, but the mesh is open enough that it's not a meaningful flow restriction in normal sump or canister use, and water still flows through freely to reach the media inside.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Small 10x16cm","offer_id":54773850603811,"sku":"725341","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium 20x30cm","offer_id":55335328022819,"sku":"725340","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large 25x38cm","offer_id":55335328055587,"sku":"725339","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/mesh-pkg-group-3858-1-scaled.jpg?v=1782097163"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-110-hangon-filter-415l","title":"Seachem Tidal 110 Hangon Filter 415L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear water for big tanks, without canister-filter hassle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 110 is the largest of the Tidal range — a self-priming hang-on-back aquarium filter rated for tanks up to 400 litres, turning over up to 2000 litres per hour on just 10 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — no filling, siphon-starting or babysitting at startup or after a power cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is pushed up through the media basket so it must pass through all your media, not around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration, with Seachem Matrix bio-media included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and telescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e — skims oily film from the surface while the adjustable intake draws from any depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e — a front dial adjusts pump output, a side dial balances skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e — clogged media redirects water and pops up a blue indicator, with built-in overflow prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — the basket lifts out and snaps into the lid for the trip to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — safe in marine and freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevelling dial and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits square on different tank styles and mounts a heater in the outflow for even heat dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L (110 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h (450 US GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~88 kWh\/yr · ~$26\/yr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 × 19.2 × 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia chamber (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.9 × 8.9 × 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. At roughly $26 a year, the Tidal 110 costs about half a cent a day to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and they catch people out more often than the flow rate does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — braced or heavily trimmed tanks may need a section of hood trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up a model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums up to 400 L · community, cichlid and planted tanks · anyone who wants canister-level media capacity without the plumbing · tanks with 9.5 cm of clearance behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable rim · tanks pushed flush against a wall · sumped systems, where a return pump is the better answer · very small tanks, where 2000 L\/h will blow the stock around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 110 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water — chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix bio-media does not need replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator pops up, the media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e — more bio-media for the 3.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e — the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — the first thing to replace if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Seachem Tidal 110 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts itself without filling the basket or starting a siphon, and it restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need behind the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e9.5 cm to the wall, plus 3.5 cm of clear rim for it to hang on. Measure both before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and the filter is rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the main reasons to choose it. The 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout $26 a year at 10 W continuous and 30c per kWh — roughly half a cent a day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773850669347,"sku":"725213-6531","price":300.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6502-tidal_110_box-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710308"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-55-hangon-filter-208l","title":"Seachem Tidal 55 Hangon Filter 208L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA thousand litres an hour on the power of a night light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 55 is the middle of the Tidal range and the one most four-foot tanks end up with, rated for aquariums to 200 litres and turning over 1000 litres per hour on 5 watts. It is also the smallest Tidal to get the telescoping intake, the heater holder and the second flow dial, which is what separates it from the Tidal 35 below it. Designed by Seachem, built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, and rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - the front dial sets pump output while a side dial balances surface skimming against sub-surface intake, so you can chase a film off the top without stirring up the substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - adjusts to draw from any depth without buying extension pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - mounts a heater in the outflow so warmed water is pushed straight into the tank instead of pooling in one corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2 L media basket, no cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - fill it however you like; 250 mL of Seachem Matrix is included to start the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is forced up through the media rather than slipping past it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no siphon to start, and it recovers on its own after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts when clogged media starts bypassing, with overflow protection behind it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid for the walk to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L (55 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h (250 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 x 15.5 x 21.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. The Tidal 55 draws the same 5 W as the Tidal 35 while moving twice the water, which makes it the efficiency sweet spot of the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - measure to the wall, not to the skirting board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - braced tanks and fitted hoods may need a section of trim cut away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 120 x 38 x 45 cm four-foot tank holds roughly 200 litres, which puts it right at the Tidal 55's ceiling. Lightly stocked, that is fine. Stocked with cichlids or goldfish, step up to the Tidal 75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 100 to 200 L; four-foot community and planted tanks; marine fish-only setups; anyone who wants a heater out of sight in the filter outflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks hard against a wall; heavily stocked 200 L tanks, which want the Tidal 75; shrimp-only tanks where even the reduced flow may be brisk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 55 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 250 mL supplied, which does not fill the 1.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water only - chlorine from the tap kills the bacteria you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; rinse it gently in tank water and put it back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the blue indicator lifts, the media is clogging and water is going around it rather than through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter or putting your hands in the tank. Never run the pump dry. If you fit a heater to the holder, make sure it stays fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 250 mL supplied does not fill a 1.2 L basket, so a top-up is worth having\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - chemical stage for the same basket when you need to strip tannins or medication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - conditions the water you replace and protects the colony this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 55, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Seachem Tidal 55 handle a four-foot tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical four-foot tank is about 200 litres, which is the Tidal 55's rated ceiling. It suits a lightly to moderately stocked one. For cichlids, goldfish or a crowded community, the Tidal 75 is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the second dial on the Tidal 55 do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt balances how much water comes from the surface skimmer against how much comes from the sub-surface intake. Turn it toward the skimmer to clear an oily film, back the other way to leave the surface undisturbed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I put my heater inside the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tidal 55 includes a heater holder that mounts a heater in the outflow, so heated water is driven into the tank rather than sitting in one corner. The heater itself is not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much Matrix comes with the Tidal 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250 mL, which is enough to seed the filter but does not fill the 1.2 L basket. Most people top it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it only 5 W when it moves 1000 L\/h?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump is a Sicce design, and it draws the same 5 W as the smaller Tidal 35 while moving twice the water. Continuous running works out around $13 a year at 30c per kWh.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851029795,"sku":"725211-6528","price":202.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6500-tidal_55_box-scaled.png?v=1782710310"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-35-hangon-filter-135l","title":"Seachem Tidal 35 Hangon Filter 135L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCanister-style media capacity on a tank that has no room for a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 35 is the smallest hang-on-back filter in the Tidal range, rated for aquariums up to 130 litres and moving 500 litres per hour on 5 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it runs on freshwater and marine tanks alike. It is the model for a 60 to 130 litre community, shrimp or planted tank where a canister would be overkill and a cartridge filter would be a nuisance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no filling the basket, no starting a siphon, and it picks itself back up after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is pushed up through the basket, so it passes through your media rather than sliding past it as it does in back-to-front designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 0.7 L basket takes whatever media you choose, and Seachem Matrix bio-media comes in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and sub-surface intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts the oily film off the top while still pulling debris from lower down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable flow dial\u003c\/strong\u003e - turn it down for shrimp, bettas or fry that dislike current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - pops up when clogged media starts bypassing, so you clean on evidence rather than guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid to carry to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe, and the only wear part in the filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L (35 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h (130 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 x 13 x 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes the filter runs continuously at 30c per kWh. At about $13 a year, the Tidal 35 costs under 4 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and on a small tank the rim is the one that catches people out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - heavily braced nano tanks and some hoods will need a section of trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 60 x 30 x 36 cm tank of about 65 litres and a 90 x 30 x 38 cm tank of about 100 litres both sit comfortably inside the Tidal 35's range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 40 to 130 L; community, shrimp, betta and planted tanks; anyone who wants to choose their own media instead of buying cartridges; tanks with 7 cm of space behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks pushed flush against a wall; heavily stocked cichlid or goldfish tanks of this size, which want the Tidal 55; tanks over 130 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 35 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater and heater holder - the heater holder is fitted to the Tidal 55 and up, not the 35\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe, which is a feature of the larger models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional or specialist media beyond the Matrix supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water - chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to protect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator lifts, media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint, and switch off at the wall before putting your hands in the tank or opening the filter. Never run the pump dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - more bio-media to fill the 0.7 L basket properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, the first thing to change if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, for the day the motor gives up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tank does the Seachem Tidal 35 suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquariums up to 130 litres at moderate stocking. A heavily stocked tank at the top of that range is better served by the Tidal 55.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs 500 L\/h too strong for shrimp or a betta?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot if you turn it down. The front dial reduces pump output, and the intake can be positioned to soften the return further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts without filling the basket or drawing a siphon, and restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the better reasons to choose it. The 0.7 L basket takes any media in any combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 come with a heater holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The heater holder and telescoping intake are fitted to the Tidal 55, 75 and 110 rather than the 35.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851062563,"sku":"725210-6591","price":155.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6581-tidal_35_box-scaled.png?v=1782710311"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-75-hangon-filter-285l","title":"Seachem Tidal 75 Hangon Filter 285L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tidal that stops being a filter and starts being a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 75 is rated for aquariums up to 300 litres, moves 1500 litres per hour on 7 watts, and carries a 1.9 litre media basket - nearly three times the volume of the Tidal 35. That basket is the reason to choose it. It is the model for tanks whose stock makes a mess faster than water volume alone suggests: goldfish, larger cichlids, big plecos and turtles. Designed by Seachem, built by Sicce, rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 L media basket\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough room to run mechanical, biological and chemical stages at once instead of choosing two of the three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 L\/h through the media, not past it\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bottom-to-top path forces every litre through the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - front dial for output, side dial to balance surface skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - draw from any depth, and keep the heater out of the display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - restarts itself after a blackout or a water change with no siphon to coax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert with overflow protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - on a heavy waste load, media clogs faster, so being told about it matters more here than on the small models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 mL of Seachem Matrix included\u003c\/strong\u003e - a starting charge for the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe and the only wear part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L (75 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h (350 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, roughly $18 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.4 x 17.8 x 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh - about 5 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rim requirement is the one that changes at this size. The Tidal 75 needs 3.3 cm of clear trim against the 2.6 cm of the 35 and 55, and that extra 7 mm rules out some braced tanks that would take a smaller Tidal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - to the wall, measured from the back glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.3 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - check this before anything else on a braced or hooded tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA five-foot 150 x 45 x 45 cm tank holds roughly 300 litres and sits at the top of the Tidal 75's range. A heavily stocked four-foot tank of 200 litres is a better use of it than a lightly stocked five-foot one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 180 to 300 L; goldfish, cichlid, pleco and turtle setups where waste output runs ahead of tank volume; anyone wanting three media stages in one basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with less than 3.3 cm of clear rim; rimless tanks; tanks pushed flush to a wall; quiet nano and shrimp tanks, where 1500 L\/h is far more current than the stock wants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 75 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 350 mL supplied, which fills under a fifth of the 1.9 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a heavy waste load, expect to rinse the foam more often than the manual's general advice suggests - watch the blue indicator rather than the calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse foam and Matrix in tank water only; tap water will kill the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter. Never run the pump dry. A heater fitted to the holder must stay fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 350 mL supplied barely starts a 1.9 L basket, so a litre is the sensible companion buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - the chemical stage the big basket has room for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/strong\u003e - polishes water on heavily stocked tanks where organics build fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 75, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Seachem Tidal 75 enough for goldfish or cichlids?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a tank up to about 300 litres, yes - and it is the size to pick for that stock. Goldfish and large cichlids produce waste out of proportion to tank volume, which is what the 1.9 L basket is for. Above 300 litres, move to the Tidal 110.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the Tidal 75 need more rim clearance than the 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is larger, so it needs 3.3 cm of clear trim rather than 2.6 cm. On braced or hooded tanks that difference decides it, so measure the rim before the tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWould two Tidal 55s be better than one Tidal 75?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 55s give more total flow and redundancy, but also two rim cut-outs, two lots of maintenance and 10 W instead of 7 W. On one tank, the 75's single 1.9 L basket is simpler and cheaper to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and Seachem rates the filter for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the Tidal 75 cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, or roughly $18 at 30c per kWh - around 5 cents a day for continuous running.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851357475,"sku":"725212-6529","price":250.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6501-tidal_75_box-scaled.png?v=1782710312"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-intake-screen-17mm-10cm-long","title":"Aquavitro Intake Screen 17mm (10cm Long)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps shrimp and fry out of the filter without choking the flow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquavitro Intake Screen is a surgical-grade stainless steel mesh guard that slips over a 17 mm filter intake pipe, sized to stop dwarf shrimp, fry and small fish being pulled in while still passing a full flow of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 17 mm intake pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e - made for the aquavitro intake pipe, and fits any filter intake of the same diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.5 cm long, 3 cm wide mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e - a large surface area keeps flow close to unrestricted compared with a tight strainer basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - won't rust over years of submersion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlips over the existing strainer\u003c\/strong\u003e - no cutting or gluing, and it comes off just as easily for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits pipe diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScreen dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 10.5 cm long x 3 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725101-7678\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits any intake pipe measuring 17 mm outside diameter, not just the aquavitro-branded pipe it was designed alongside. Measure the pipe before ordering - a 13 mm version is also made for smaller pipes, though we don't currently stock that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater shrimp tanks, fry-raising and breeding setups, and any community tank where small fish are getting drawn towards the filter intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pipes other than 17 mm - it won't grip or seal properly on the wrong diameter. The manufacturer lists this screen for freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide it off at filter service time and brush or rinse off any build-up. A screen left to clog gradually chokes flow long before it looks obviously dirty, so check it whenever you service the filter rather than waiting for a visible flow drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-tube\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Tube\u003c\/a\u003e - a hide for the shrimp and fry this screen is protecting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-dome\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Dome\u003c\/a\u003e - another low, easy-to-clean hide for a shrimp or fry tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a separate warranty term for aquavitro accessories. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my canister filter's intake pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits any intake pipe of 17 mm outside diameter, whether it's the aquavitro-branded pipe or another filter's. Measure your pipe first, since the screen won't seat properly on the wrong size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists this screen for freshwater use. We haven't found a published marine rating for it, so if you're after intake protection for a reef sump, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it stop flow dropping over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt won't stop debris building up, but the mesh area is large enough that a light coating barely affects flow. Check it at every filter service so build-up doesn't get ahead of you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the intake pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the screen only, sized to fit a 17 mm pipe you already have, whether that's the aquavitro intake pipe or another filter's own pipework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856502051,"sku":"725101-7678","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/7678-intake-screen-17mm.png?v=1772063701"},{"product_id":"seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm","title":"Seachem The Bag (13 x 25cm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe filter bag that won't leak your Purigen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem's The Bag is a welded-seam media bag with a superfine 180-micron polyethylene mesh — fine enough to hold the smallest filtration resins securely, with none of the loose stitching that lets media escape from cheaper bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperfine 180-micron mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e holds even the finest resins — Purigen, CupriSorb and similar — without leaking into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded seams\u003c\/strong\u003e — no stitching to degrade, and fully resistant to bleach, caustics and acids, so it survives media regeneration cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable locking closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plastic zip-tie style seal, no strings to knot or come loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13 x 25.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, securely holding about 500 mL of media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with the entire Seachem filtration media range\u003c\/strong\u003e, and with most other bagged media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 micron (superfine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene, welded seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 25.5 cm (5\" x 9.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 500 mL of media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResealable locking closure (zip-tie style)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChemical resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBleach, caustics and acids — safe through media regeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724916-3100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116310000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill loosely with your chosen media, seal the closure, and position the bag where water flow through it is maximised. Don't overpack — media needs room for water to flow around it, and excessive force can stress any seam. Rinse the bag under tap water before first use to clear manufacturing dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fine-grain resins and powders in any canister, sump or hang-on filter — Purigen, CupriSorb, and similarly fine media. Not needed for coarser media like ceramic rings or bio-balls, which are usually loose-filled or held in a coarser bag; the fine mesh restricts flow more than a wider-mesh bag would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe welded seams and chemical resistance mean the bag itself can be reused indefinitely across multiple media changes — replace only the media inside it, not the bag, unless the mesh is visibly torn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem Purigen, MatrixCarbon or CupriSorb, and the Zip Bag range for coarser media that doesn't need a 180-micron mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this stop Purigen beads escaping into my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the 180-micron mesh is fine enough to contain Purigen and similarly small resins, which is what it's designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I reuse the bag after washing out old media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The welded seams resist bleach, caustics and acids, so the bag can go through a full media regeneration cycle and be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit in my canister filter's media basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 13 x 25.5 cm it fits inside most canister and hang-on media baskets, but check your filter's basket dimensions before ordering if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes tighter mesh reduce water flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome, compared with a coarse bag — pack it loosely and position it in the highest-flow part of the media chamber to minimise the effect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773860794659,"sku":"724916-3100","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3100-the-bag-scaled.png?v=1782710396"},{"product_id":"seachem-zip-bag","title":"Seachem Zip Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA zippered media bag with no strings, no ties, no spills.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Zip Bag range holds loose filter media behind a corrosion-proof zipper instead of a string tie — quick to open for media changes, secure while the filter's running. Three mesh sizes cover everything from fine chemical media to bulk Matrix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens in seconds for a media change, no strings or ties to knot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable stitched PVC construction\u003c\/strong\u003e across all three sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree mesh grades\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine (25 mesh), medium (16 mesh) and coarse (8 mesh) — matched to media particle size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo strings or ties\u003c\/strong\u003e to work loose in the filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mesh (fine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate to larger-grain media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mesh (coarse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 x 43 cm (19\" x 17\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~18 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk Matrix and Pond Matrix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall and Medium share the same footprint and differ only in mesh tightness — pick Small for fine powders and small-granule resins, Medium for coarser granular media. Large is a different bag entirely, sized for bulk bio-media in sumps and large canister filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC, stitched seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill with your chosen media, zip closed, and position in the filter so water flow through the bag is maximised. Rinse under tap water before first use. Not recommended for the finest powdered resins — the 25-mesh Small bag is coarser than Seachem's welded 180-micron \"The Bag,\" so for the smallest resins like Purigen, The Bag is the better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for granular chemical and biological media — PhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite, Matrix and Pond Matrix. Not suitable for the finest resin powders, which need the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipper and stitched PVC construction are reusable across many media changes; rinse the bag out when you replace the media inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon, PhosGuard or Matrix bio-media, and Seachem's The Bag for anyone also running a fine-grain resin like Purigen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight; the Large size ships in a bigger box due to its size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Small and Medium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame 32 x 14 cm footprint, different mesh: Small is 25 mesh for fine media, Medium is 16 mesh for coarser granules. Match the mesh to your media's particle size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the Large bag fit a hang-on filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlikely — at 48 x 43 cm it's sized for sump baskets and large canister media chambers, not compact hang-on filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for Purigen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot ideally. Purigen's fine granules are better contained by the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag; the Zip Bag range is coarser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the zipper safe long-term in saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's built to be corrosion-proof for ongoing use in both freshwater and saltwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Small (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":54773861056803,"sku":"724917-1522","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":55335432585507,"sku":"724918-1521","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large (19\" x 17\")","offer_id":55335432618275,"sku":"724919-1505","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1522-zip-bag-small.png?v=1782710397"},{"product_id":"seachem-matrix-100l-drum","title":"Seachem Matrix 100L Drum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSerious biofiltration at fish-room scale.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 100-litre drum of Seachem Matrix is the bulk format of one of the world's most proven biological media — sized for retailers, breeders, aquaculture setups, pond builders and monster multi-tank systems. At the standard rate of 250 mL per 200 L of water, this drum supports roughly \u003cstrong\u003e80,000 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e of aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Matrix outperforms plastic media\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly porous 10 mm inorganic stone with over ~700 m² of surface area per litre — one litre of Matrix equals the surface area of about 170 L of plastic bio-balls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides both external \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e internal macroporous surface, with pores ideally sized for bacteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports aerobic \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e anaerobic species — so it removes nitrate along with ammonia and nitrite, simultaneously, in the same filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletely inert: won't break down, won't affect pH, and never needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinseable — most bacteria live inside the stone, so cleaning off detritus doesn't crash the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose 250 mL per 200 L (50 US gal) of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wet and wet\/dry filters; most effective in canister filters and sumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge enough that no media bag is needed in most applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace after mechanical and chemical media in the flow path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed with Seachem Stability to establish the biofilter faster; anaerobic nitrate removal typically develops over a couple of weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e natural colour and size variation between pieces is normal. If nitrates hold steady rather than falling, that means production and removal are balanced — add more Matrix to tip the balance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773862924579,"sku":"725056-112","price":1753.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0112-matrix-100_l_b2017ad3-3e94-4077-8f98-97605dd86190.jpg?v=1782710092"},{"product_id":"marinepure-gems-90g","title":"MarinePure GEMS 90g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe GEMS box CerMedia actually rates a bioload figure for.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure GEMS 90 g are small ceramic pellets made by CerMedia (USA) from the same aluminosilicate ceramic as the full-size MarinePure Spheres and Plates, fired above 1,000°C to create a rigid, open-pore structure. Each pellet is about 19 mm (¾\") across. Unlike the 50 g Fresh GEMS pack, this 90 g box is rated by CerMedia for both freshwater and marine nano and small tanks, and comes with a published bioload figure to size a filter against.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer-rated bioload\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia states this box supports tanks up to roughly 70 US gallons (265 L), the only GEMS pack size with a published figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft) of surface area\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed into a 90 g box, using the same ultra-porous ceramic as the full-size Spheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — unlike the 50 g Fresh GEMS pack, this size is rated for reef and marine nano tanks as well as freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 g (3.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePellet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 19 mm (¾\") diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal surface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft) per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated bioload\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister, hang-on-back and internal filters with a media basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich GEMS box do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload guidance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh GEMS 50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by CerMedia for this pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater community, planted and tropical tanks in small canisters or hang-on-back filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGEMS 90 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine nano and small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're stocking a marine nano or reef tank, or you simply want a bioload figure printed on the box rather than working it out yourself, the 90 g pack is the one CerMedia backs with a number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine nano and small tanks up to around 70 US gallons (265 L), run through a canister, hang-on-back or internal filter with a media basket that takes loose pellets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e larger systems as the sole biological media — past roughly 70 gallons, MarinePure Spheres, PODs or a Plate carry more surface area per dollar and per litre of basket space. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse GEMS in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so GEMS keep working until the filter basket is due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Small)\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps loose GEMS contained and easy to lift out for a rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA marine or reef salt mix\u003c\/strong\u003e — if this box is going into a new marine nano setup rather than an existing tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure GEMS 90 g has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 50 g and 90 g GEMS boxes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth use the same ceramic pellets. The 90 g box has more surface area, carries a published bioload rating of up to 70 US gallons (265 L), and is the one CerMedia rates for marine and reef tanks as well as freshwater. The 50 g Fresh GEMS box is freshwater-only and doesn't come with a stated bioload figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run GEMS in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — this 90 g pack is fresh and marine safe and suits nano reef setups where a full MarinePure Sphere box would be more media than the sump or filter can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. GEMS need time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before they're doing useful biological work. Run the filter on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a box of GEMS last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndefinitely, with a periodic rinse. Ceramic biomedia isn't a wear item like filter floss — replace it only if it's physically damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874065699,"sku":"102665","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/102665.jpg?v=1782705657"},{"product_id":"marinepure-block-8x8x4","title":"MarinePure Block 8x8x4\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe nitrate-busting brick.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Block is a 20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\") slab of ultra-porous aluminosilicate ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia (USA). Its deep interior is specifically designed to develop the anaerobic zones where denitrifying bacteria live — so it removes ammonia, nitrite \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e nitrate, something ordinary bio-media can't manage. CerMedia rates it at up to 500 US gallons (around 1,900 L) for general ammonia and nitrite removal, dropping to 150 US gallons (around 570 L) where denitrification is the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the deep anaerobic core actively reduces nitrate in passive or low-flow placement, not just ammonia and nitrite like ordinary bio-media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreater than 80% open porosity\u003c\/strong\u003e — water can be poured straight through it; CerMedia describes the internal surface area as roughly 1,000 times that of standard plastic bio-media, though it doesn't publish an absolute square-footage figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin Bio-Film Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia's open, interconnected pore structure keeps bacterial films thin, which resists clogging compared with denser media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks as a live rock substitute\u003c\/strong\u003e in minimalist reef scapes, or as sump media in any freshwater or saltwater system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasily shaped\u003c\/strong\u003e with a hand saw or coarse sandpaper if you need to fit an odd-shaped sump (wear a dust mask, rinse before use).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInert\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't break down or alter water chemistry over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePorosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreater than 80% open, interconnected porosity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioload — ammonia and nitrite removal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 US gallons (approx. 1,900 L) per block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioload — denitrification (nitrate reduction)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150 US gallons (approx. 570 L) per block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerMedia (USA), sold under the MarinePure brand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse before use to remove shipping dust — a tap-water rinse followed by a tank-water rinse is enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor denitrification, place it somewhere passive: in the sump, under a gravel bed, or built into the reef structure. Flow through the block should be gentle, not forced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun mechanical filtration upstream so the block isn't doing double duty as a debris trap, and give it a rinse in tank water every few months if flow through it slows down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sumps and filter compartments in freshwater and marine systems wanting ammonia, nitrite and nitrate reduction from one piece of media, and reef scapes using it as a live rock substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-flow placements where you specifically want denitrification — the anaerobic core needs passive, low-flow conditions to work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with CerMedia's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to the consumer guarantees you're entitled to under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium in Brisbane \/ North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many blocks do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize to your tank's total volume against the denitrification rating of 150 US gallons (570 L) per block if nitrate control is your goal, or the higher 500 US gallon (1,900 L) rating if you only need ammonia and nitrite capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in freshwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — CerMedia rates the MarinePure Block for both freshwater and marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut it to fit my sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be shaped with a hand saw or coarse sandpaper. Wear a dust mask while cutting and rinse the block before it goes in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in high flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will still process ammonia and nitrite, but the anaerobic core that drives nitrate reduction needs passive, low-flow conditions — don't expect denitrification from a block sitting in fast-moving return flow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874098467,"sku":"100895","price":169.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/100895_1fdc64a5-f080-4f9e-b562-e479518e4187.jpg?v=1782705652"},{"product_id":"marinepure-plate-8x8x1","title":"MarinePure Plate 8x8x1\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim, cuttable sheet of ceramic biomedia for tight spaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Plate is a 20 × 20 × 2.5 cm (8\" × 8\" × 1\") sheet of ultra-porous ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia (USA), from the same inert aluminosilicate ceramic as MarinePure Spheres and PODs. Where a bag of loose Spheres needs a basket to sit in, the Plate is rigid enough to stand on its own or be cut down with a hacksaw to fit an odd-shaped sump baffle or filter compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAround 534 m² (5,750 sq ft) of surface area\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed into a single 20 × 20 × 2.5 cm plate, using CerMedia's ultra-porous ceramic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuttable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic can be cut down with a hacksaw or angle grinder to fit a sump baffle, overflow compartment or an odd-shaped filter box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rigid open-pore structure doesn't compact the way loose media can, so flow through it stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo bag required\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to sit directly in a sump compartment or media rack without a mesh bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 20 × 2.5 cm (8\" × 8\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreater than 80%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAround 534 m² (5,750 sq ft) per plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial surface area rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 510 m² per litre (150,000 sq ft per cubic foot) of ceramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuttable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — hacksaw or angle grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bioload does it support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia's own dosing guidance for the MarinePure range is 1 gallon of Spheres, or one full 8×8×4\" Block, per 500 US gallons of aquarium water in active flow for ammonia and nitrite control (roughly 100 US gallons in passive flow, for nitrate reduction). The Plate is a quarter the volume of the Block, and retailer spec sheets that reproduce CerMedia's figures put a single Plate at standalone filtration for tanks up to around 100 US gallons (380 L) — useful as a rough guide, though we'd treat CerMedia's own Block and Sphere dosing rate above as the more authoritative number if you're sizing precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sump compartments, media racks, and canister or filter boxes with room for a rigid slab of media — freshwater or marine, including reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tight hang-on-back baskets sized for loose pellets — use MarinePure GEMS or PODs there instead. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the Plate in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so a Plate keeps working until it's due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA sump baffle or media rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Plate is rigid enough to slot straight in without a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MarinePure Plate has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut the Plate to a custom size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's rigid ceramic and can be cut with a hacksaw or angle grinder to fit a sump baffle or an odd-shaped compartment. Cutting it doesn't damage the remaining piece's biological performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a mesh bag for the Plate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's rigid enough to sit directly in a sump compartment or media rack. A bag is only needed for loose media like Spheres, GEMS or PODs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Plate reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ceramic is inert and safe for reef and marine systems as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any new biomedia needs time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before it's doing useful biological work. Run it on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874131235,"sku":"100894","price":92.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/100894.jpg?v=1782705649"},{"product_id":"marinepure-spheres","title":"MarinePure Spheres","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne sphere replaces roughly 1,350 plastic bio-balls in the same space.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure Spheres are 38 mm (1.5\") ultra-porous ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia in the USA. The open, interconnected pore structure gives bacteria a huge surface to colonise, so a modest volume of spheres does the biological filtration work of a much larger volume of plastic media — and the deep pores support the low-oxygen zones that also help bring nitrate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e — fired above 1,000°C, inert, and never leaches into the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles ammonia and nitrite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the primary biological filtration job, at high flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps reduce nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep pores create low-oxygen zones plastic bio-balls can't replicate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-pours into any filter\u003c\/strong\u003e — canister filters, sumps, wet\/dry towers and trickle filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same media works in either\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNever needs replacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — inert ceramic doesn't wear out or break down biologically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. media volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100892\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 US quarts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100893\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 US gallon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L Bucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102688\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L Half-Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102666\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~15 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100896\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~26 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much filtration does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia rates MarinePure media at roughly 1 part media to 500 parts tank water for ongoing ammonia and nitrite control, so the tank volume a pack supports scales directly with the pack size:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. tank volume supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~950 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L Bucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~9,450 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L Half-Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~28,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are guide figures for a typically stocked tank, not a hard ceiling — a lightly stocked system will comfortably run on less, and a heavily stocked one benefits from sitting toward the next size up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the pack to your system volume against the table above, then round up if your tank is heavily stocked or you're running the media as your only biological stage. Multiple smaller packs can be combined — the total media volume is what counts, not the number of boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any freshwater or marine system using a canister filter, sump, wet\/dry tower or trickle filter. Not suitable as the sole filtration in systems that also need mechanical filtration — MarinePure handles the biological stage only, and pore-clogging debris should be caught upstream by a mechanical stage first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse before first use — a tap-water rinse followed by a tank-water rinse clears shipping dust from the pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep mechanical filtration upstream so debris doesn't clog the pore structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse gently in removed tank water roughly every three months, or when flow through the media noticeably slows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever rinse in tap water once established — chlorine and chloramine will kill the bacterial colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA MarinePure Vault keeps loose spheres contained and easy to lift out for cleaning, rather than loose in the sump. A mesh media bag sized to the pack does the same job in a canister filter basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure ceramic media carries no manufacturer warranty as such — it's an inert, non-mechanical product with nothing to fail — and is covered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law regardless. Standard freight applies to the box and bucket sizes; the 56 L half-drum and 100 L drum are bulky items and may attract an oversize freight surcharge at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix MarinePure Spheres with my existing bio-balls or ceramic rings?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MarinePure can be added alongside existing biomedia — there's no compatibility issue — though replacing the older media over time makes better use of your filter's volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle the tank again after adding MarinePure?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, provided you're adding it to an already-cycled system. The spheres will pick up bacterial colonisation from the existing water within days rather than starting from zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill MarinePure lower my nitrate on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps. The low-oxygen zones deep inside each sphere support denitrifying bacteria, but nitrate control also depends on stocking, feeding and water changes — MarinePure is one part of the picture, not a standalone fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use MarinePure in a sump without a container?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be poured loose into a sump baffle chamber, but a MarinePure Vault or a mesh bag makes it far easier to remove for its occasional rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs MarinePure reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's an inert fired ceramic with nothing to leach, and is used in both freshwater and marine systems including reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"1.9L Box","offer_id":54773874295075,"sku":"100892","price":95.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3.8L Box","offer_id":55335328121123,"sku":"100893","price":173.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"18.9L Bucket","offer_id":55335328153891,"sku":"102688","price":593.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"56L Half-Drum","offer_id":55335328186659,"sku":"102666","price":1723.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100L Drum","offer_id":55335328219427,"sku":"100896","price":2800.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/100892.jpg?v=1782705645"},{"product_id":"marinepure-pods","title":"MarinePure PODs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne POD replaces thousands of plastic bio-balls for the same job.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure PODs are ultra-porous ceramic biomedia spheres about 8 cm (3.1\") across, made by CerMedia (USA) from the same inert aluminosilicate ceramic as MarinePure Spheres and the Plate. CerMedia states a single POD carries the equivalent surface area of over 5,000 plastic bio-balls, and sells them in a 3-pack sized for a canister filter or small sump, or a 24-pack sized for a full sump or large canister setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquivalent to 5,000+ bio-balls per POD\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia's own comparison figure for the surface area a single POD carries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePublished bioload ratings\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia rates the 3-pack to 100 US gallons and the 24-pack to 750 US gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rigid ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSits loose or bagged\u003c\/strong\u003e — large enough to sit directly in a sump compartment, or contained in a MarinePure Mesh Bag for easy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePod diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8 cm (3.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEquivalent to over 5,000 plastic bio-balls, per POD (CerMedia comparison figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 US gallons (380 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA canister filter or small sump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 750 US gallons (2,839 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA full sump or large display system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth packs use the same POD, so there's no difference in performance per piece — only in how much total surface area you're buying. Split the difference by buying more 3-packs if 100-gallon increments suit your sump better than committing to a full 24-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sump compartments, canister filters and media racks in freshwater or marine systems, including reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tight hang-on-back baskets built for loose pellets — MarinePure GEMS suits those spaces better than a full-size POD. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse PODs in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so PODs keep working until they're due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Medium)\u003c\/strong\u003e — contains a 3-pack for easy lift-out and rinsing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure PODs have no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — they're ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies; the 24-pack is heavier and may attract a higher freight quote at checkout, though it ships as standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a mesh bag for PODs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily — PODs are large enough to sit loose in a sump compartment or media rack. A Mesh Bag makes them easier to lift out for a rinse, but isn't required for them to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix POD pack sizes to reach a specific bioload target?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — CerMedia's bioload ratings scale with the number of PODs, so combining a 3-pack and a 24-pack, or buying multiple 3-packs, is a valid way to size up gradually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre PODs reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ceramic is inert and safe for reef and marine systems as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any new biomedia needs time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before it's doing useful biological work. Run it on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"3pk","offer_id":54773874393379,"sku":"124739","price":48.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24pk","offer_id":55335328088355,"sku":"124740","price":238.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/124739.jpg?v=1782705667"},{"product_id":"marinepure-vault","title":"MarinePure Vault","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps loose biomedia contained, protected and easy to lift out for cleaning.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Vault is a rigid, stackable container from CerMedia (USA) sized to hold a full load of MarinePure media in a sump — protecting the relatively brittle ceramic from knocks, keeping the sump tidy, and turning a media rinse into a one-hand job instead of scooping loose spheres out by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid, ventilated container\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds media secure while water flows freely through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-hand removal\u003c\/strong\u003e — lift the whole load out for its rinse instead of fishing for loose media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — combine multiple Vaults for larger systems or staged filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a skimmer riser\u003c\/strong\u003e — raises a protein skimmer to the working height a sump needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects brittle ceramic media\u003c\/strong\u003e — shields Blocks and Spheres from knocks against sump walls and baffles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e124722\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23 × 23 × 13 cm (9\" × 9\" × 5¼\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat it holds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity per Vault\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure Block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Block (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure Spheres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.8 L (1 US gallon)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure GEMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eover 900 GEMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoaded with a 3.8 L (1 US gallon) fill of Spheres, one Vault supports roughly the same 1,900 L of tank water that a loose 3.8 L pack of Spheres supports, on CerMedia's stated ratio of 1 part media to 500 parts tank water. The Vault changes nothing about the media's filtration capacity — only how it's contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne Vault suits a single 8\"×8\"×4\" footprint of media. For a larger sump, stack two or more rather than looking for a bigger single unit — CerMedia doesn't make one, and stacking keeps each layer easy to lift and rinse individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any sump running MarinePure Blocks, Spheres, PODs or GEMS, in freshwater or marine systems. Not a substitute for the biomedia itself — the Vault is sold empty and holds media you already own or buy separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLift the Vault out as a single unit for the media's routine rinse. The rigid frame needs no maintenance of its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure Spheres or Blocks to fill it, and a mesh media bag if you'd rather line the Vault before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Vault come with media inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it's sold empty. Add MarinePure Blocks, Spheres, PODs or GEMS separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I stack Vaults on top of each other?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they're designed to stack, which is the usual way to scale up media volume in a larger sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the Vault double as a skimmer stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its rigid, flat-topped design is commonly used to raise a protein skimmer to the height a sump chamber needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill water flow through the Vault properly, or does it channel around the sides?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vault is ventilated to let water pass through the media it holds rather than around it — that's the point of the design over loose media sitting in a sump chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874458915,"sku":"124722","price":147.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/124722.jpg?v=1782705664"},{"product_id":"fluval-fx-uvc-unit-6w","title":"Fluval FX UVC Unit 6w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWipe out green water at the source.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval FX UVC Unit (6 W) plumbs inline into your FX canister's flow, passing water over a UV-C lamp that neutralises the suspended algae cells behind green water — plus free-floating parasites and bacteria — without chemicals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInline UV-C clarifier designed for FX-series plumbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 W UV-C lamp clears green water and reduces waterborne pathogens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical-free clarification — safe for fish, plants and inverts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrates neatly with the FX canister's hosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement bulbs available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace the UV-C bulb roughly yearly — output fades long before the glow does.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774150037795,"sku":"PF166","price":417.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/PF166_1.jpg?v=1782878917"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-225-micron-felt-filter-bag-100mm-260mm","title":"Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Felt Filter Bag 100mm\/260mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTraps fine detritus before it clouds your sump water.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea 225-micron felt filter bag (100 mm ring, 260 mm length) is sized for Red Sea's standard 4\"\/10 cm filter bag holder, fitted across the REEFER and MAX-S ranges. The felt weave holds more debris between cleans than an equivalent mesh bag at the same micron rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225-micron felt construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own mid-weight option, built for regular day-to-day use with a longer run between cleans than their thin-mesh bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 100 mm\/260 mm sizing\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits any standard 4\"\/10 cm filter bag holder, including REEFER and MAX-S sumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — hose off trapped detritus, or soak in a diluted bleach or vinegar solution for 24 hours for a deeper clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFelt filter bag (mechanical)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicron rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm ring, 260 mm length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED519\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea REEFER and MAX-S ranges; any standard 4\"\/10 cm filter bag holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if your sump uses Red Sea's standard 100 mm (4\") filter bag holder — this covers the REEFER and MAX-S ranges. If you're not sure which holder size your sump uses, measure the ring diameter of your existing filter sock before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich micron rating do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea sells this bag in three finishes at the same 100 mm\/260 mm size. Felt bags hold more debris between cleans; mesh bags are easier to rinse clean but need changing more often.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 micron felt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine polishing on a mature, low-particulate tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron felt (this bag)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular day-to-day use — the longest run between cleans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 micron thin-mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew setups or after heavy maintenance, when there's a lot of particulate to catch and rinse out often\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER and MAX-S sumps, and any other system using a standard 100 mm\/4\" filter bag holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sumps or canister filters using a different holder size — check your ring diameter first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse or hose off trapped detritus regularly — waste left sitting in the flow leaches nutrients straight back into the water. For a deeper clean, soak in a diluted bleach or vinegar solution for 24 hours, then rinse thoroughly before refitting. Red Sea recommends keeping at least three bags in rotation so a clean one is always ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I change the bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a fixed interval — rinse or swap it whenever flow through the bag visibly slows, or on your usual maintenance day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I bleach it to clean it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — a diluted bleach or vinegar soak for 24 hours followed by a thorough rinse is Red Sea's own recommended deep-clean method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between felt and mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFelt holds more debris before it needs cleaning; thin-mesh is easier to rinse but clogs and needs attention sooner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my canister filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if it uses a standard 100 mm\/4\" filter bag holder — most canister filters use their own proprietary media baskets instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155870499,"sku":"RED519","price":18.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/225-Micron-Felt.jpg?v=1782112664"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-225-micron-thin-mesh-filter-bag-100mm-260mm","title":"Red Sea Reefer 225 Micron Thin Mesh Filter Bag 100mm\/260mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 225-micron thin-mesh filter sock for Reefer and MAX-S sumps, sized to fit a standard 100mm (4\") bag holder.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's monofilament mesh version of the Reefer filter bag family — built to catch detritus in a new setup or straight after a heavy clean-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225-micron thin mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — coarser than the 100-micron felt option, so it clears more water for longer before it needs a rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonofilament construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinses and dries faster than felt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100mm ring, 260mm length\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits a standard 4\"\/10cm Red Sea filter bag holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a media holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea notes it can also hold loose filter media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMicron rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin monofilament mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm (4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm (10.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED519a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states this bag fits REEFER and MAX-S systems using a standard 4\"\/10cm filter bag holder. Red Sea does not publish an itemised list of every Reefer size and generation using this holder diameter, so if unsure, measure your existing holder or check with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich mesh do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFelt, 100 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine polishing on a mature, already-clean system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFelt, 225 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEveryday use — longer between cleans than 100-micron felt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin mesh, 225 micron (this bag)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew setups or heavy particulate load — rinses faster than felt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine, reef and freshwater sumps using the same 100mm holder. Not a substitute for biological or chemical filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends keeping at least three bags in rotation. Back-flush with a garden hose, or soak in diluted vinegar or bleach for 24 hours and rinse thoroughly; a cold machine wash with regular detergent also works. Replace when flow slows noticeably — Red Sea doesn't publish a fixed replacement interval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA second and third bag for rotation, and Red Sea's felt filter bags for a finer polish once your system has matured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my Reefer sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your existing filter bag holder is the standard 100mm (4\") size, yes. Red Sea confirms this bag fits REEFER and MAX-S systems on that holder size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is thin mesh different from felt?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh is a looser, monofilament weave that rinses clean in seconds and dries fast. Felt polishes finer but clogs sooner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I put other media in the bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Red Sea notes it can double as a holder for loose mechanical or chemical filter media.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155903267,"sku":"RED519a","price":18.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1fd93e88bcc1894cc91aab1e0ae68da7929634ad.jpg?v=1782112666"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-100-micron-felt-fine-polish-filter-bag-100mm-260mm","title":"Red Sea Reefer 100 Micron Felt Fine Polish Filter Bag 100mm\/260mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolishes reef water to a genuine, lasting sparkle.\u003c\/strong\u003e This Red Sea 100-micron felt filter bag is the fine \"polishing\" sock for mature systems that are already running clear — it catches what a coarser bag lets straight through. Built to the standard 4\"\/10 cm ring, it drops straight into a REEFER or MAX-S sump without modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100-micron felt media\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to polish water that's already low in particulate, where a 225-micron bag lets fine haze through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 4\"\/10 cm holder fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ring size used across Red Sea's REEFER and MAX-S filter sock holders, no adapter needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine-washable felt\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse and reuse for several cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a three-bag family\u003c\/strong\u003e — also available in 225-micron felt and 225-micron thin-mesh, so the grade matches the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMicron rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 micron (felt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm (4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm (10.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFelt (polishing grade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 4\"\/10 cm Red Sea filter bag holder — REEFER and MAX-S systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine-washable, multiple cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED519c (barcode 7290100779743)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your sump uses Red Sea's standard 4\"\/10 cm filter bag holder — fitted to REEFER and MAX-S sumps — this bag drops straight in. Check your holder against the 100 mm\/260 mm measurement, since holder size hasn't been confirmed on every Red Sea line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER and MAX-S sumps at the polishing stage — water that's already clear and just needs the last haze pulled out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new setups or heavy post-maintenance cloudiness, where the fine weave clogs fast — use a 225-micron felt or thin-mesh bag instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse as soon as it's pulled, before debris dries into the felt, and machine-wash cold without fabric softener. Replace once it stays grey after washing or the weave frays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 Micron Felt Filter Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the everyday-use grade between big cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 Micron Thin-Mesh Filter Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — for new setups and the days after heavy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — small and lightweight, no special handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my MAX Nano or MAX E system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies this bag for REEFER and MAX-S, which share the 4\"\/10 cm holder. We haven't confirmed the holder size on MAX Nano or MAX E — check your holder's ring diameter against 100 mm before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is 100 micron different from 225 micron?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number is the particle size the felt catches, in microns — lower means finer. 100 micron is the polishing grade for water that's already clear; 225 micron suits everyday use or heavier debris.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155968803,"sku":"RED519c","price":18.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/9f2f8310eef95790d15ee6683b9e6ca0dc19f9ce.jpg?v=1782108751"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-spec-carbon","title":"Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear, yellow-free reef water without the phosphate trade-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef-Spec Carbon is a low-dust, low-phosphate activated carbon that strips dissolved organics and the yellowing compounds that dull reef lighting, without leaching phosphate back into a phosphate-sensitive system. It comes in four pack sizes — 200 mL, 500 mL, 1000 mL and 2000 mL — to suit anything from a nano reef to a large display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-low phosphate leaching\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated below 0.000001 g of phosphate per mL, so it won't undo your reef's nutrient control while it works.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow dust\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimal rinsing before use and no black clouding on start-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh adsorption capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated at up to 1,000 mg of small organic molecules per gram, which is what actually clears yellow tint and dissolved odours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine 0.6–2.3 mm granules\u003c\/strong\u003e pack densely enough to work in a small reactor without channelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour pack sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e so you can match the dose to your system without buying more than you'll use before it exhausts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED533\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100775950\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$13.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED528\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100775806\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$22.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED529\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100775813\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$38.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED531\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100775820\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$60.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eGranule size 0.6–2.3 mm. Adsorption capacity approximately 1,000 mg\/g for small organic molecules and 280 mg\/g for large organic molecules. Phosphate leaching below 0.000001 g per mL. Fresh and marine, reef safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doses this carbon at approximately 100 mL per 200 L of system water for general clarity and yellow-tint removal, replaced every 6–8 weeks or once it's visibly reduced to about half its original volume. For heavier post-medication clean-up, double that to 200 mL per 200 L, run for about a week. Run it in a media bag or reactor with 1,000–1,500 L\/h of flow per 50 g (roughly 100 mL) of carbon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eScaled against that dose rate, here's what each pack treats through one carbon cycle, and what that works out to per litre of tank water:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats per cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$13.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$22.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$38.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$60.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1000 mL and 2000 mL packs work out cheapest per litre treated — buy a smaller size for a nano tank you don't want sitting on an opened pack for months, and step up once your system is over roughly 1,000 L in total volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse briefly before use to settle any fine dust. Run in a media bag or reactor, not loose in a sump. Replace on schedule rather than waiting for it to visibly fail — exhausted carbon stops adsorbing well before it looks used up, and old carbon left in the flow path can start releasing what it's already trapped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef, FOWLR and freshwater systems where you want clearer water and controlled phosphate. Not a substitute for a dedicated phosphate remover if your issue is elevated phosphate rather than dissolved organics and tint — pair it with a phosphate-specific media for that job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with a Red Sea Reef-Spec media bag to keep granules contained in a sump, or a media reactor where you want guaranteed flow through the bed rather than around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable filter media, sold as new stock — not covered by a mechanical warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this loose in my sump instead of a media bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but a media bag or reactor keeps the granules from spreading through your system and makes replacement straightforward. Loose carbon is harder to fully remove later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when it's exhausted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWatch the calendar rather than the water — carbon usually stops working well before the water looks any different. Replace every 6–8 weeks, or once the pack has visibly reduced to about half its original volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it affect my corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's formulated with very low phosphate leaching specifically for reef systems, so used and replaced on schedule it shouldn't push phosphate into your water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in freshwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's suitable for both freshwater and marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"200ml","offer_id":54774156755235,"sku":"RED533","price":13.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335138722083,"sku":"RED528","price":22.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000ml","offer_id":55335138754851,"sku":"RED529","price":38.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000ml","offer_id":55335138787619,"sku":"RED531","price":60.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED533.png?v=1772078726"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-media-cup","title":"Red Sea Reef Media Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePuts your filter media directly in the water path instead of sitting loose in a corner of the sump.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Media Cup is a drop-in replacement for a filter sock mount, holding a reusable media bag with slots that force water down through whatever you've loaded — carbon, GFO, biopellets or filter floss — rather than letting it bypass around the outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForces full contact with your media\u003c\/strong\u003e — slotted at the base so water has to pass through the bag, not around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits existing filter sock mounting hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cost-effective, reusable swap for disposable filter socks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds about 1 L of media\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for a working charge of carbon, GFO, biopellets or a biological rubble media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes one REEF SPEC media bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to the cup, ready to load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorks with all Red Sea REEFER systems and most Red Sea MAX systems — the exception is the MAX Nano, which this cup doesn't fit. It's also compatible with most pre-made sumps that take a standard filter sock, since it mounts the same way a sock does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCup dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 20 cm (4 x 8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum sock-mount opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 cm (3.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded media bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 25 cm (5 x 10 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll Red Sea REEFER systems; Red Sea MAX systems except MAX Nano; most pre-made sumps with standard sock mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e carbon, GFO, biopellets, filter floss and other bagged media, on REEFER and MAX (excluding MAX Nano) systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano, or sumps without a compatible sock-style mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLift the cup out, swap or top up the media bag, and drop it back in — no need to disturb the rest of the sump. Replace or recharge media on the schedule the media itself specifies, since the cup only controls flow through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this replace my filter sock or sit alongside it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces it — the cup mounts in the same spot a filter sock would, so you're not running both at once in that position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat media can I put in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnything bagged: carbon, GFO, biopellets, filter floss, or a biological rubble media. The slotted base is what forces flow through it, not the media type.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my MAX Nano?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Red Sea specifically excludes the MAX Nano from this cup's compatibility. Check with us if you're not sure which MAX model you have.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774156820771,"sku":"RED534","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED534_4.png?v=1772078729"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-spec-media-bag-1000ml-2bags-24-x-14cm","title":"Red Sea Reef Spec Media Bag 1000ml 2Bags 24 x 14cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep loose filter media exactly where it belongs.\u003c\/strong\u003e This two-pack of Red Sea Reef-Spec media bags holds up to 1000 mL of carbon, phosphate remover or other loose media each, in a fine mesh that contains granules while still letting water pass freely through the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo bags per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — run one while you prepare the next, so a media change never leaves your filter empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 mL capacity each\u003c\/strong\u003e, sized for a standard media reactor chamber or sump filter basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 × 14 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e with a secure closure that won't work loose in flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — contains carbon and other granular media without letting fines escape into your system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse and refill through many media changes rather than buying new bags each time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × media bags\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBag size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 × 14 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1000 mL of media per bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED535\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100771068\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine systems, and for any loose granular or pelleted media — carbon, phosphate remover, GFO. Not intended for fine powdered media, which can work through the mesh; use a finer specialist bag for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse before first use and between media changes. Replace the bag itself if the mesh stretches, tears or the closure stops holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with Red Sea Reef-Spec Carbon or any loose granular media you're running in a reactor or sump basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold as new stock; not a mechanical item requiring a manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill fine carbon dust leak through the mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome very fine dust can pass through any media bag on first use — a quick rinse before running it removes most of this.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these for phosphate remover or GFO instead of carbon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the mesh is sized for granular and pelleted media generally, not specifically for carbon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many times can I reuse a bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany media changes, provided the mesh and closure stay intact — check both each time you refill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit in my media reactor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 24 × 14 cm it suits most standard reactor chambers and sump filter baskets sized for up to 1000 mL of media; check your reactor's chamber dimensions if it's a compact or nano unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774156853539,"sku":"RED535","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED535_4.jpg?v=1772078729"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-filter-250","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Filter 250","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous fine filtration without weekly sock washing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefMat 250 is an automatic roller-fleece filter: a fresh strip of non-woven polyester feeds across the flow and winds the loaded section away on its own, so waste is captured and removed from the system rather than left to break down in a filter sock between water changes. It suits saltwater and reef systems up to 250 L, mounts on the sump wall or stands free on its own legs, and reports roll life and dispensing history through the Red Sea ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-advancing fleece roller\u003c\/strong\u003e — the unit only feeds new fleece forward when the mat has loaded up, so a roll isn't wasted advancing on a timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 3,500 L\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for systems up to 250 L with headroom for a well-stocked reef's mechanical load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid-state level sensing\u003c\/strong\u003e — no float switch or moving sensor to foul or stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated media basket\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for chemical filtration media, such as carbon or GFO, alongside the mechanical fleece stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKink-resistant inlet hose\u003c\/strong\u003e — 32 mm ID corrugated hose with a universal PVC connector, positionable to either side of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — end-of-roll alerts and dispensing logs over Wi-Fi, so roll changes happen on your schedule rather than as an emergency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended system size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum flow capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 20 x 49 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm wide x 32 m long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven polyester, approx. 50 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll life (moderately stocked reef)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm ID, kink-resistant, universal PVC connector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz input; 12 V DC output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 A, 10 W maximum (intermittent — draws power only while advancing fleece)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi, Red Sea ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefMat do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes the ReefMat in three sizes. All three work the same way — the sizing difference is flow capacity and how wide a fleece strip they carry, not filtration quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended system size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize to your system's total volume, not just the display — a 250 L display over a 100 L sump is a 350 L system, which calls for the ReefMat 500. Running a unit near the top of its flow rating shortens roll life, since more water is being polished through the same width of fleece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e3,500 L\/h is Red Sea's maximum flow capacity for the unit, not a flow-with-media-loaded figure — Red Sea has not published a curve showing how flow changes as the fleece loads with waste. That's normal for a passive roller filter, but it means the number on the box is a ceiling rather than a running average. In practice, flow through a loading fleece pad falls gradually until the sensor calls for the next section, at which point it resets. If you want guaranteed turnover for a specific bioload, plumb the ReefMat as a polishing stage after your main return rather than as the sole flow path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 250 drive unit, head unit and solid-state level sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated media basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32 mm kink-resistant inlet hose with universal PVC connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting legs \/ bumper kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne 32 m fleece roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-250\"\u003ereplacement fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-250-500-1200-power-supply\"\u003espare power supply\u003c\/a\u003e are both sold separately for ongoing running and as backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to marine and reef systems up to 250 L wanting continuous mechanical filtration without sock changes — nano and small-to-mid reef tanks with a compatible sump. Not suitable for freshwater use, and not sized correctly for systems over 250 L, where the fleece will load and need changing more often than the roll length comfortably allows; step up to the ReefMat 500 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoutine care is a fleece roll change every 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef — faster on a bare-bottom, heavily-fed system, slower on a lightly stocked one. Wipe the drive rollers and level sensor free of salt creep at each roll change, and rinse the media basket if it's carrying chemical media. The ReefBeat app's end-of-roll monitor gives advance warning based on your system's actual usage pattern, so you can order the next roll before the current one runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the included power supply through an RCD-protected outlet and keep a drip loop in the cable before it reaches the socket. The unit itself operates at low voltage (12 V DC) once past the power supply, but the supply itself connects to 240 V mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of purchase, which applies in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery — no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often does the fleece roll need changing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoughly every 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system. Bare-bottom or heavily-fed tanks will load the fleece faster; the ReefBeat app tracks your actual usage and gives advance notice before a roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run the ReefMat 250 without the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it advances the fleece automatically based on its own level sensor regardless of a Wi-Fi connection. The app adds remote monitoring and end-of-roll alerts rather than being required for basic operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace my main filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the mechanical stage — filter socks, sponges or pad media — with continuous fleece filtration. Biological filtration (live rock, sump media) and any chemical filtration you run are separate and still needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a system bigger than 250 L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's rated to 250 L total system volume. Running it on a larger system means more flow through a narrower fleece width than it's sized for, shortening roll life — step up to the ReefMat 500 or 1200 for larger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this for freshwater or saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSaltwater and reef systems only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162063651,"sku":"RED852","price":645.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED852_15.jpg?v=1782297733"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-250","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 250","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine replacement fleece for the ReefMat 250.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's own replacement roll for the ReefMat 250 automatic roller filter — the correct width and material grade to load straight into the unit and keep continuous mechanical filtration running once the current roll is spent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect fit, first time\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized specifically for the ReefMat 250; the 500 and 1200 use wider fleece and won't seat correctly in a 250.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-woven polyester fleece\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same fine mechanical media grade fitted as standard to a new ReefMat 250.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 m per roll\u003c\/strong\u003e — good for roughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system before the next change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrops straight onto the dispensing shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cutting or trimming to width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven polyester, approx. 50 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical roll life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED852a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich roll do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis roll (RED852a)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-500\"\u003eReefMat 500 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three widths aren't interchangeable — a roll cut for the 500 or 1200 won't seat correctly on a 250's narrower dispensing shaft. Check your unit's model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable only as a replacement for the Red Sea ReefMat 250. Not compatible with the ReefMat 500 or 1200, and not a fit for other brands' roller filters — Red Sea's dispensing mechanism and shaft width are specific to the ReefMat range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare roll on the shelf rather than waiting on the ReefBeat app's low-roll alert — a filtration gap while a delivery is in transit is the one situation the alert can't prevent. A \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-250-500-1200-power-supply\"\u003espare ReefMat power supply\u003c\/a\u003e is worth keeping on hand for the same reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable filtration media, this roll isn't covered under Red Sea's equipment warranty. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my ReefMat 500 or 1200?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each ReefMat size uses a different fleece width — this roll is cut specifically for the ReefMat 250's 8 cm dispensing shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one roll last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system. Heavier bioloads or bare-bottom tanks use fleece faster; the ReefBeat app tracks your unit's actual usage and gives advance notice before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut a wider roll down to fit the 250?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot recommended — the dispensing and take-up shafts are matched to each model's specific width, and a cut edge can fray and jam the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162096419,"sku":"RED852a","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-ReefMat-250-Fleece-Roll.jpg?v=1782112670"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-filter-500","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Filter 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe mid-size step up when a 250 L filter runs out of headroom.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefMat 500 is the mid-tier model in Red Sea's automatic roller-fleece filter range — a wider fleece strip and roughly double the flow rating of the ReefMat 250, built for systems where a smaller unit would be changing rolls too often to deliver the convenience it's meant to. It works the same way as the rest of the range: fresh fleece feeds across the flow, the loaded section winds away on its own, and the Red Sea ReefBeat app tracks roll life and alerts before a change is due.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 6,000 L\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for systems up to 500 L, roughly double the ReefMat 250's flow ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 mL integrated media basket\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough room for a meaningful dose of carbon or GFO alongside the fleece stage, not just a token amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider fleece format\u003c\/strong\u003e — an 11.3 cm strip versus the 250's 8 cm, spreading the same load over more filtering surface per advance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid-state level sensing\u003c\/strong\u003e — no moving float switch to foul or stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — out of the box and ready to plumb in without sub-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — end-of-roll alerts and dispensing logs over Wi-Fi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended system size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum flow capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 x 27 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm wide x 28 m long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven polyester, approx. 50 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll life (moderately stocked reef)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm ID, kink-resistant, universal PVC connector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz input; 12 V DC output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 A, 10 W maximum (intermittent — draws power only while advancing fleece)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi, Red Sea ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefMat do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes the ReefMat in three sizes. All three work the same way — the sizing difference is flow capacity and how wide a fleece strip they carry, not filtration quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended system size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your system sits close to a boundary — say 450–550 L — buying up a size means longer intervals between roll changes rather than running the unit at the edge of its rating. A heavily stocked 400 L reef and a lightly stocked 500 L FOWLR won't load a ReefMat at the same rate even though the volumes are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e6,000 L\/h is Red Sea's maximum flow capacity for the unit, not a flow-with-media-loaded figure — Red Sea has not published a curve showing how flow changes as the fleece loads with waste. That's normal for a passive roller filter, but it means the number on the box is a ceiling rather than a running average. Flow through a loading fleece pad falls gradually until the sensor calls for the next section, at which point it resets. For guaranteed turnover on a specific bioload, plumb the ReefMat as a polishing stage after your main return rather than as the sole flow path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 500 drive unit, head unit and solid-state level sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350 mL integrated media basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32 mm kink-resistant inlet hose with universal PVC connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting legs \/ bumper kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne 28 m fleece roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-500\"\u003ereplacement fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-250-500-1200-power-supply\"\u003espare power supply\u003c\/a\u003e are both sold separately for ongoing running and as backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to marine and reef systems up to 500 L wanting continuous mechanical filtration without sock changes. Not suitable for freshwater use. If your total system volume is comfortably under 250 L, the smaller ReefMat 250 costs less to buy and its narrower fleece will still be running at a sensible pace — there's no filtration benefit to over-sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoutine care is a fleece roll change every 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef — faster on a bare-bottom, heavily-fed system, slower on a lightly stocked one. Wipe the drive rollers and level sensor free of salt creep at each roll change, and rinse the 350 mL media basket if it's carrying chemical media. The ReefBeat app's end-of-roll monitor gives advance warning based on your system's actual usage pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the included power supply through an RCD-protected outlet and keep a drip loop in the cable before it reaches the socket. The unit itself operates at low voltage (12 V DC) once past the power supply, but the supply itself connects to 240 V mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of purchase, which applies in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery — no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the ReefMat 250 and 500?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlow capacity and fleece width. The 500 is rated to 6,000 L\/h on an 11.3 cm strip versus the 250's 3,500 L\/h on an 8 cm strip, and carries a larger 350 mL media basket — sized for systems up to 500 L rather than 250 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the bigger media basket mean I need to use more media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it just gives you the option to run a fuller dose of carbon or GFO if your system calls for it. An empty or lightly filled basket doesn't affect the fleece filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often does the fleece roll need changing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoughly every 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system. Bare-bottom or heavily-fed tanks will load the fleece faster; the ReefBeat app tracks your actual usage and gives advance notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it without Wi-Fi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the fleece advances automatically from the unit's own level sensor. Wi-Fi and the ReefBeat app add remote monitoring and alerts but aren't required for basic operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this for freshwater or saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSaltwater and reef systems only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162129187,"sku":"RED860","price":699.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED860_1.jpg?v=1772078892"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-filter-1200","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Filter 1200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous mechanical filtration for the biggest reef sumps, with weeks between roll changes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefMat 1200 is the largest of Red Sea's automatic fleece roller filters, rated for systems up to 1,200 L and a maximum flow of 9,000 L\/h. It replaces filter socks with a continuously advancing sheet of fleece, so waste is trapped and physically removed from the water rather than sitting in a sock rotting until someone remembers to change it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic advance\u003c\/strong\u003e — a built-in sensor detects when the fleece has loaded and advances only then, rather than on a fixed timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9,000 L\/h maximum flow capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for large sumps and heavy bioloads, well beyond what sock filtration can sustain at this scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17 cm x 35 m fleece roll\u003c\/strong\u003e — weeks of continuous filtration per roll on a heavily stocked system, longer on a lighter one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves waste before it decays\u003c\/strong\u003e — trapped particles are wound away from the flow immediately, unlike a sock or sponge that holds waste in the water column until it's cleaned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app connectivity\u003c\/strong\u003e — monitor roll life and advance events remotely instead of checking the unit by eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits REEFER G3, G2+, G2 and MAX systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, plus older REEFER models — some installations need sump modification, others are plug-and-play; check your specific sump generation before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum flow capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm wide x 35 m long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 x 30 x 48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded power supply, 230–240 V, 50 Hz mains input; roller motor draws power only intermittently, while advancing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef systems with a compatible sump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefMat do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm x 32 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm x 28 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm x 35 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize to your system's actual flow through the sump, not just its display volume — a high-turnover 500 L system can outrun the 500's flow rating and need the 1200 instead. If you're unsure which model your sump plumbing was designed for, check against the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-filter-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a flow-versus-fleece-load curve for the ReefMat range — the 9,000 L\/h figure is the unit's maximum rated capacity, not a guaranteed in-service number once fleece has partially loaded. In practice this matters less than it would on a conventional filter: the sensor detects rising resistance as the fleece loads and advances the roll automatically, rather than requiring the flow to be maintained against an increasingly clogged sock. Ask us for Red Sea's technical documentation if you want to plan sump turnover around a worst-case figure rather than the rated maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to large reef systems up to around 1,200 L with a sump built or modified to accept the unit, particularly heavily stocked SPS and mixed reef displays where sock filtration would need daily attention. Not the right size for anything smaller than roughly 500–800 L in practice — the ReefMat 500 is the better fit and the cheaper roll to run at that scale. Not a substitute for biological or chemical filtration; it handles mechanical waste removal only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 1200 drive unit and housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne fleece roll (17 cm x 35 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSump plumbing or fittings specific to your tank — check compatibility with your sump generation before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional fleece rolls beyond the one supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoutine maintenance is a roll change every few weeks depending on bioload, and an occasional wipe of the loading sensor — algae film on the sensor is the most common cause of erratic advancing. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200\"\u003eReefMat Fleece Mat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e is the matching replacement roll. If the drive stops advancing altogether, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-1200-drive-unit\"\u003eReefMat 500\/1200 Drive Unit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-1200-drive-unit-repair-kit\"\u003eDrive Unit Repair Kit\u003c\/a\u003e are the genuine spares; if it advances constantly or not at all with the drive running normally, check the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-1200-sensor\"\u003eReefMat 500\/1200 Sensor\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-powered — run the included power supply through an RCD-protected circuit and keep a drip loop on the cable where it enters the sump area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, boxed item — expect standard parcel or small-freight delivery rather than a pallet service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200\"\u003eReefMat Fleece Mat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e — the replacement roll, for when the supplied roll runs out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-1200-inlet-hose\"\u003eReefMat 1200 Inlet Hose\u003c\/a\u003e — for a plumbing run that needs a fresh hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-1200-hose-connector-kit\"\u003eReefMat 1200 Hose Connector Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for non-standard sump fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-1200-drive-unit\"\u003eReefMat 500\/1200 Drive Unit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-1200-sensor\"\u003eReefMat 500\/1200 Sensor\u003c\/a\u003e — genuine spares worth keeping on hand for a long-running system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the ReefMat 1200 fit my Reefer sump without modification?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the generation. Red Sea lists REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems, plus MAX models and older REEFER generations, as compatible — some are plug-and-play, others need sump modification. Check your specific model before ordering, or ask us to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to change the roll?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a fixed interval — it depends on bioload and flow through the sump. Expect it to run for weeks rather than days on a well-maintained system; the ReefBeat app tracks roll life so you're not guessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs 9,000 L\/h the flow I'll actually see through my sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the unit's maximum rated capacity, not a number Red Sea guarantees in service — actual flow depends on your plumbing and pump. Treat it as a ceiling, not a promise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ReefMat 500?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended volume and flow capacity, roll size, and physical footprint all step up — the 1200 suits systems in the 500–1,200 L range, the 500 suits roughly 250–500 L. See the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162161955,"sku":"RED861","price":780.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED861_1.jpg?v=1772078893"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-500","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine replacement fleece for the ReefMat 500.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's own replacement roll for the ReefMat 500 automatic roller filter — the correct width and material grade to load straight into the unit and keep continuous mechanical filtration running once the current roll is spent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect fit, first time\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized specifically for the ReefMat 500; the 250 and 1200 use different fleece widths and won't seat correctly in a 500.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-woven polyester fleece\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same fine mechanical media grade fitted as standard to a new ReefMat 500.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 m per roll\u003c\/strong\u003e — good for roughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system before the next change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrops straight onto the dispensing shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cutting or trimming to width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven polyester, approx. 50 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical roll life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED862\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich roll do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis roll (RED862)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three widths aren't interchangeable — a roll cut for the 250 or 1200 won't seat correctly on a 500's dispensing shaft. Check your unit's model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable only as a replacement for the Red Sea ReefMat 500. Not compatible with the ReefMat 250 or 1200, and not a fit for other brands' roller filters — Red Sea's dispensing mechanism and shaft width are specific to the ReefMat range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare roll on the shelf rather than waiting on the ReefBeat app's low-roll alert — a filtration gap while a delivery is in transit is the one situation the alert can't prevent. A \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-250-500-1200-power-supply\"\u003espare ReefMat power supply\u003c\/a\u003e is worth keeping on hand for the same reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable filtration media, this roll isn't covered under Red Sea's equipment warranty. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my ReefMat 250 or 1200?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each ReefMat size uses a different fleece width — this roll is cut specifically for the ReefMat 500's 11.3 cm dispensing shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one roll last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system. Heavier bioloads or bare-bottom tanks use fleece faster; the ReefBeat app tracks your unit's actual usage and gives advance notice before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut a wider roll down to fit a smaller unit, or a narrower one up?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot recommended — the dispensing and take-up shafts are matched to each model's specific width, and a cut edge can fray and jam the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162194723,"sku":"RED862","price":35.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-ReefMat-Roll-500.jpg?v=1782112672"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-1200","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Mat 1200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine replacement fleece for the ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's own replacement roll for the ReefMat 1200 automatic roller filter, the largest in the range — the correct width and material grade to load straight into the unit and keep continuous mechanical filtration running once the current roll is spent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect fit, first time\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized specifically for the ReefMat 1200; the 250 and 500 use narrower fleece and won't seat correctly in a 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-woven polyester fleece\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same fine mechanical media grade fitted as standard to a new ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35 m per roll\u003c\/strong\u003e — good for roughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system before the next change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrops straight onto the dispensing shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cutting or trimming to width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven polyester, approx. 50 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical roll life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED863\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich roll do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFleece roll needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-mat-500\"\u003eReefMat 500 fleece roll\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis roll (RED863)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three widths aren't interchangeable — a roll cut for the 250 or 500 won't seat correctly on a 1200's wider dispensing shaft. Check your unit's model before ordering. Note that the ReefMat 1200 is also the mechanical filtration stage fitted to Red Sea's Reefer MAX systems, so this roll suits both the stand-alone 1200 unit and a MAX package built around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable only as a replacement for the Red Sea ReefMat 1200. Not compatible with the ReefMat 250 or 500, and not a fit for other brands' roller filters — Red Sea's dispensing mechanism and shaft width are specific to the ReefMat range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare roll on the shelf rather than waiting on the ReefBeat app's low-roll alert — a filtration gap while a delivery is in transit is the one situation the alert can't prevent. A \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-250-500-1200-power-supply\"\u003espare ReefMat power supply\u003c\/a\u003e is worth keeping on hand for the same reason, especially on a large system where the ReefMat is the sole mechanical stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable filtration media, this roll isn't covered under Red Sea's equipment warranty. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my ReefMat 250 or 500?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each ReefMat size uses a different fleece width — this roll is cut specifically for the ReefMat 1200's 17 cm dispensing shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefMat fitted to a Reefer MAX system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the Reefer MAX range uses the ReefMat 1200 as its filter roller, so this is the correct replacement roll for that setup as well as a stand-alone ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one roll last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoughly 5–8 weeks on a moderately stocked reef system. Heavier bioloads or bare-bottom tanks use fleece faster; the ReefBeat app tracks your unit's actual usage and gives advance notice before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut a narrower roll down to fit the 1200?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot recommended — the dispensing and take-up shafts are matched to each model's specific width, and a cut edge can fray and jam the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162227491,"sku":"RED863","price":48.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-ReefMat-Roll-1200.jpg?v=1782112692"},{"product_id":"red-sea-nano-reefmat","title":"Red Sea Nano ReefMat","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic roller filtration that ends sock-washing on a nano tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Nano ReefMat — sold by Red Sea globally as the NanoMat — is a compact fleece roller filter built for nano and all-in-one reef systems. It drops straight into a standard 4-inch filter sock holder and advances a fresh strip of fleece automatically as the old section loads, so mechanical filtration keeps working without you pulling and rinsing a sock every few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic advance\u003c\/strong\u003e — dual solid-state, titanium-tipped sensors detect when the fleece has loaded and roll on a clean section, no app or internet connection needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-in fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — replaces a standard 4-inch filter sock holder directly; no plumbing changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous mechanical filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes fine particulate before it breaks down into nutrients, which matters more on a nano volume that swings faster than a large tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow power draw\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 W maximum, run from the included universal power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEach roll lasts around four weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e under typical nano bioload, varying with feeding and stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum flow capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 L\/h (250 GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended system size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L (53 gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W maximum, 12 V DC drive motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–240 V, 50\/60 Hz (auto-switching)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–45°C ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFleece roll duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 4 weeks per roll, system-dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Nano ReefMat is designed for Red Sea's second-generation (G2) MAX Nano and Peninsula Nano systems, where it drops directly into the existing 4-inch filter sock slot. It also fits first-generation MAX Nano systems and non-Red Sea sumps that use a standard 4-inch sock holder, using the supplied adapter ring. Confirm your sock holder is the standard 4-inch size before ordering — the unit won't seat in a narrower or wider slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated flow through the unit is 950 L\/h. That figure is the unit's working capacity with fleece in place — a nano sump pushing more than that through a single sock holder will bypass rather than filter, so check your return pump's actual flow against this figure rather than the pump's headline rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe only routine consumable is the fleece roll itself, replaced roughly every four weeks under typical stocking — sooner on a heavily fed tank, later on a lightly stocked one. Wipe the sensor tips at each fleece change; a film of algae on the titanium tips is the most common reason a roller stops advancing on schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nano and compact all-in-one saltwater\/reef systems up to around 200 L with a standard 4-inch filter sock holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater systems, or sumps larger than a nano volume — Red Sea's ReefMat 250, 500 and 1200 are sized for those.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMains-powered via the included plugpack; keep the plugpack itself clear of splash zones in the usual way for any aquarium electrical device. The drive unit runs on low-voltage 12 V DC, not mains voltage, inside the wet section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-nano-reefmat-drive-unit-and-sensor\"\u003eNano ReefMat Drive Unit and Sensor\u003c\/a\u003e — the complete spare for a roller that's stopped advancing.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium, North Lakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the app to use it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Nano ReefMat runs fully automatically from its own sensors — no app or internet connection is required, unlike some of Red Sea's larger smart hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a non-Red Sea sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the sump uses a standard 4-inch filter sock holder. An adapter ring is supplied for non-Red Sea and first-generation MAX Nano setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to change the fleece?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou don't need to watch for it — the sensors detect when the loaded section is full and advance a clean strip automatically. You'll only need to fit a fresh roll once the current one is used up, roughly every four weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's designed specifically for reef and saltwater systems and doesn't add anything to the water column beyond the mechanical filtration itself.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163374371,"sku":"RED1001","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED1001.jpg?v=1772078942"},{"product_id":"red-sea-nano-reefmat-fleece-roll-2","title":"Red Sea Nano ReefMat Fleece Roll (2)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea replacement fleece for the NanoMat roller filter, sold here under Red Sea's earlier \"Nano ReefMat\" name.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two rolls per pack, cut to the width and length the drive unit needs, so it advances cleanly instead of jamming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea media\u003c\/strong\u003e — 50 gsm non-woven polyester, the spec fitted as standard in the NanoMat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e — 18 m by 5.5 cm per roll, matched to the NanoMat spool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rolls per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — a spare on hand between changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 gsm non-woven polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 rolls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116397283\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea NanoMat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, genuine replacement roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\"ReefMat Nano\" \/ \"Nano ReefMat\" (older name)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, same fleece and barcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefMat 250 \/ 500 \/ 1200\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, different roll size and drive unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat owners, including a NanoMat fitted in place of filter socks in MAX NANO G2 or REEFER systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the larger ReefMat units or any non-Red Sea roller filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo rolls of Red Sea fleece filter media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the NanoMat unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs \"Nano ReefMat\" the same as the NanoMat fleece roll?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, same barcode and dimensions as Red Sea's current NanoMat roll — \"Nano ReefMat\" is just the earlier name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my ReefMat 500 or 1200?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, those run a different fleece size on a different drive unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one roll last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a fixed figure — it varies with bioload and feeding, so a spare pack is worth having.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163439907,"sku":"RED1002","price":41.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED1002.jpg?v=1772079036"},{"product_id":"api-water-softening-pillow","title":"API Water Softening Pillow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoftens hard tap water without buying a new filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The API Water Softening Pillow is a regenerable ion-exchange pouch that drops into your filter's flow path and lowers general hardness (GH) by removing calcium and magnesium — treating up to 75 L before it needs recharging, then it can be recharged and reused several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowers GH\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes calcium and magnesium ions from water passing through it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreats up to 75 L per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e — drop it into the filter flow path and let it work continuously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegenerable\u003c\/strong\u003e — recharge in a salt solution and reuse rather than replace after one cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo dosing, no daily task\u003c\/strong\u003e — it works passively as water flows past it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne pouch per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for a single filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPI (Mars Fishcare)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerable ion-exchange water softening pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive life before recharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 48 hours in continuous flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cost-per-litre tile under the photo is calculated live from the current price against the 75 L this pouch treats on its first charge — so it always matches what you'd actually pay today. That figure understates the real value, though: unlike a one-shot treatment, the pouch isn't spent after that first 75 L. API rates it for several recharge cycles in a fresh salt solution, and each recharge treats another 75 L at the cost of a few cents of aquarium salt — so the effective cost per litre keeps falling the more cycles you get out of one pouch. Recharging, not replacing, is how you beat the first-charge figure shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to recharge it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the pouch under tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDissolve 3 tablespoons of aquarium salt in 7 oz (about 200 mL) of tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmerge the pouch in the salt solution for 2 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn it to the filter without rinsing off the salt solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen not in use, store the pouch in the recharging solution — don't let it dry out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI rates the pillow for multiple recharge cycles before it stops performing effectively; treat repeated slow performance after a fresh recharge as the sign it's time to replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater tanks kept for soft-water species — tetras, discus, many catfish — where tap water GH runs too high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing scale-forming minerals on glass and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef tanks — removing calcium and magnesium is the opposite of what a reef system needs, since corals and inverts consume both\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks that need hardness raised, not lowered — this pouch only works in one direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a consumable filter media, no manufacturer warranty period applies. That doesn't affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law: if the product is faulty, unsafe or not as described, you're entitled to a remedy. Ships as standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-gh-kh-hardness-test-kit\"\u003eAPI GH\/KH Hardness Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — to confirm your starting hardness and track the drop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e — for conditioning the tap water you're softening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when the pillow needs recharging?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI states the active life is around 48 hours in continuous filter flow. Test GH periodically with a GH kit — a reading creeping back up is the practical sign it's time to recharge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's built to strip calcium and magnesium out of water, which is the opposite of what a reef tank needs from those minerals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work instantly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it works as water passes through it in the filter flow path, so hardness drops gradually rather than all at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many times can I recharge it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's own US packaging states it can be recharged and reused multiple times before replacement; the exact cycle count isn't published on API's Australian information, so budget for several cycles rather than a guaranteed exact number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"API","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774198567203,"sku":null,"price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/HC7_2.png?v=1772082195"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-ammonia-extraction-pad-25-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Ammonia Extraction Pad 25 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarget ammonia in your filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e This Bioscape ammonia extraction pad is a cut-to-fit filter media sheet that adsorbs ammonia from aquarium water - 25 x 45 cm of insurance for new tanks, quarantine systems and overstocked setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut-to-fit sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e - trim the 25 x 45 cm pad to fit power filters, canister filters, trickle and wet\/dry filters, powerheads and pond filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable polyfiber construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - doubles as light mechanical filtration while it removes ammonia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne sheet, many filters\u003c\/strong\u003e - cut it into pieces for several filters, or keep it whole for one larger unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSheet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyfiber, cut-to-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmmonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower filters, canister filters, trickle\/wet-dry filters, powerheads, pond filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975043452\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse during initial tank cycling, after a bioload increase, or in a quarantine tank without an established biofilter. It's a chemical stop-gap, not a permanent fix - keep testing ammonia while it's in place and let the tank's own biofilter take over the job as it matures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish a fixed exhaustion point for this pad, so use your ammonia test kit as the guide rather than a calendar: if ammonia stops dropping or starts climbing again, cut in a fresh section. Rinse debris out of the pad in tank water at water changes, but don't scrub it - that strips out the media doing the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums, ponds, and quarantine or hospital tanks. Not a substitute for biological filtration long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn ammonia test kit to know when to cut in a fresh section, and Bioscape's Ammonia Extraction Cubes where a loose-media basket suits your filter better than a sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights as a consumer under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut it to any shape?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - that's the point of the sheet format. Trim it to fit your filter's media compartment or basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I replace it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's no fixed interval published by the manufacturer - test your ammonia and replace the section once it stops working rather than on a schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it remove nitrate or nitrite too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's targeted at ammonia specifically. Nitrite and nitrate still need to be managed through your biological filter and water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reusable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be rinsed of debris between water changes, but once its ammonia-adsorbing capacity is exhausted it needs replacing, not just cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334554403,"sku":"BIS20","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS20_f7025b63-4140-4287-bb5c-249199d0a1fa.jpg?v=1782868965"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-carbon-extraction-pad-25-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Carbon Extraction Pad 25 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne sheet, cut to fit whatever filter you own.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Carbon Extraction Pad is a 25 × 45 cm carbon-impregnated poly-fibre sheet you trim to size, for power filters, trickle filters, wet\/dry filters, powerheads, canister filters and pond filters alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne size fits any filter\u003c\/strong\u003e — cut a strip or panel to match your filter's media chamber instead of hunting for a brand-specific cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 × 45 cm sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for several cuts on most household filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves tannins, odour and discolouration\u003c\/strong\u003e — activated carbon adsorbs dissolved organics, chlorine, phenols and residual medication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSheet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActivated-carbon-impregnated poly-fibre pad, cut-to-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower filters, trickle filters, wet\/dry filters, powerheads, canister filters, pond filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it's a cut-to-size sheet rather than a shaped cartridge, it fits almost any filter with an open media compartment — trim it to the chamber size with scissors. It won't help on a filter that only accepts a sealed, brand-specific cartridge with no room to fit trimmed media.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a general guide, replace the cut section roughly every 4 weeks of continuous use — activated carbon has a limited adsorption life and stops improving water clarity once exhausted, though it's not harmful left in place. Rinse a fresh-cut piece before fitting to clear loose carbon dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any filter with an open media tray or bag — freshwater or marine, including ponds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e filters that only take a sealed, pre-shaped cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law if faulty on arrival. Ships as a small parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I size a piece for my filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay your old cartridge or media chamber on the sheet and cut around it with scissors, leaving a small margin so it sits snugly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one sheet last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on your filter's chamber size — most household filters get several cuts from one sheet before it's used up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for shrimp and plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, plain activated carbon media doesn't affect invertebrates or live plants.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334587171,"sku":"BIS21","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS21_2.jpg?v=1782868965"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-phosphate-extraction-pad-25-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Phosphate Extraction Pad 25 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cut-to-fit pad that strips phosphate from your filter's water flow.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bioscape's Phosphate Extraction Pad is a 25 x 45 cm poly-fibre sheet impregnated with a phosphate-adsorbing resin, sized to be trimmed to fit power filters, trickle filters, wet\/dry filters, powerheads, canister filters and pond filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut-to-fit sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e — trim it to the exact shape of your filter's media tray rather than being limited to a fixed cartridge size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets phosphate\u003c\/strong\u003e — adsorbs the phosphate that builds up from decaying food and waste, the nutrient behind most nuisance algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same pad works across both water types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSheet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly-fibre, phosphate-adsorbing resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it's a full sheet rather than a pre-cut cartridge, it fits almost any filter that takes a media pad or sheet — power filters, trickle filters, wet\/dry sumps, powerhead pre-filters, canister filters and pond filters. Trim it to the shape of your existing media tray or cartridge frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums running elevated or tested phosphate levels. Not a substitute for regular water changes and feeding control — like any phosphate media, it treats a symptom rather than the underlying nutrient load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish a fixed replacement interval for this pad. Test your phosphate level periodically and replace the section in use once readings start climbing again — heavily stocked or overfed tanks will exhaust it faster than lightly stocked ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut it into multiple pieces and use them over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the point of a sheet over a pre-cut cartridge. Cut off what you need now and store the rest in a sealed bag for later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to replace the pad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest your phosphate level. Once it starts climbing again, the section in use has adsorbed as much as it can and it's time to cut a fresh piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape markets this pad for both freshwater and marine use, including reef systems dealing with elevated phosphate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in a pond filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Bioscape lists pond filters alongside aquarium canister, power, trickle and wet\/dry filters as suited to this pad.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334619939,"sku":"BIS22","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS22_27719140-b0e3-4063-9dd9-04f88b341a8d.jpg?v=1782868965"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-nitrate-extraction-pad-25-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Nitrate Extraction Pad 25 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cut-to-fit filter pad that pulls nitrate out of the water as it flows through your filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Nitrate Extraction Pad is a 25 x 45 cm sheet of poly-fibre impregnated with nitrate-adsorbing resin, sized to trim down to whatever filter box, canister tray or power filter cartridge you're running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — one large sheet trims down with scissors to match your specific filter, rather than being locked to one cartridge shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets nitrate specifically\u003c\/strong\u003e — the resin adsorbs nitrate rather than acting as a general-purpose mechanical pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e — works the same way in either water type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSheet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 45 cm (approx. 254 x 457 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly-fibre, resin-impregnated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh or saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full sheet fits power filters, trickle filters, wet\/dry filters, powerheads, canister filters and pond filters — cut a piece to the size of your existing filter pad or media tray rather than expecting a drop-in fit straight out of the pack. One sheet typically yields several cut-to-size pieces depending on your filter's dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Bioscape extraction pad do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape's Tropic extraction pad range targets different parameters from the same 25 x 45 cm sheet format: carbon pads pull out dissolved organics, discolouration and odour; ammonia pads target ammonia directly, useful during cycling or after a stocking spike; this nitrate pad targets the nitrate that builds up between water changes. Running more than one type means using separate compartments or trays rather than layering them into one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums carrying a nitrate load from feeding, stocking or infrequent water changes. Not the right pad if what you're chasing is ammonia, discolouration or odour — those call for the ammonia or carbon versions instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the cut pad in tank or dechlorinated water before use to clear manufacturing dust. Bioscape doesn't publish a fixed replacement interval for this pad. As a general guide for resin-based nitrate media, plan on replacing a cut section every four to eight weeks, and confirm against your own nitrate test rather than the calendar alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I cut it to fit my filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay your existing filter pad or media tray over the sheet as a template and trim around it with scissors — the pad is designed to be cut down rather than used as one fixed shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to replace it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed interval is published for the pad itself. As a general guide for resin-based nitrate media, four to eight weeks is a reasonable starting point — test your nitrate to confirm rather than relying on a fixed schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this replace my water changes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It holds nitrate down between changes; it doesn't remove the reason nitrate is rising in the first place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape markets it as suitable for fresh or saltwater use. Introduce any new chemical media to a reef system gradually and keep testing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334652707,"sku":"BIS23","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS23_071729e8-f989-429d-a578-ade8d617359c.jpg?v=1782868965"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-polyfiber-filter-pad-25-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Polyfiber Filter Pad 25 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cut-to-fit sheet of mechanical media that polishes water clear.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Polyfiber Filter Pad is a 25 × 45 cm sheet of fine polyester fibre you trim to fit almost any filter tray — hang-on, canister, sump, trickle or pond — to trap fine suspended particles the coarser stages miss.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to any shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — trim it to fit power filters, trickle and wet\/dry filters, powerhead prefilters, canister baskets, sump trays and pond filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mechanical polish\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tight fibre weave catches small free-floating particles that coarser foam and media let through, for genuinely clear water rather than just cloudy-to-hazy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — inert polyfiber that doesn't affect pH, hardness or salinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge sheet, low waste\u003c\/strong\u003e — one 25 × 45 cm sheet cuts multiple pad refills for most hang-on and internal filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFiltration stage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyfiber (polyester mechanical media)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine mechanical \/ polishing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it's supplied as an uncut sheet rather than a shaped cartridge, it fits any filter that takes a mechanical media pad — hang-on power filters, internal powerhead prefilters, canister filter baskets, wet\/dry and trickle towers, and pond filter boxes. Trim it slightly oversized so it seats firmly against the tray edges rather than leaving gaps water can bypass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as the final mechanical polishing stage in freshwater and marine filters of any type. Not intended as the sole filtration stage on a heavily stocked tank — run it after coarse sponge or floss media, since a clean polyfiber pad clogs quickly if it's catching large debris as well as fine particulate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish a fixed replacement interval for this pad — in practice, rinse it in tank water during routine filter maintenance and replace the trimmed piece once it's visibly grey, compacted or slow to pass water, rather than to a set schedule. Because it's supplied as a full sheet, a single purchase covers several replacement cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I rinse and reuse it, or does it need replacing each time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can rinse it in tank water a few times while it still passes water freely. Once it's compacted, discoloured grey-brown or restricting flow, cut a fresh piece from the sheet rather than continuing to rinse it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhere in the filter should it go?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLast in the flow path, after any coarse sponge or floss stage. It's a polishing media — putting it first means it clogs on debris a coarser pad should be catching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs one sheet enough for more than one filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. At 25 x 45 cm it's larger than most single filter trays, so most buyers cut several replacement pads from one sheet over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's an inert polyester fibre that's safe for both freshwater and marine setups and won't affect salinity or water chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334685475,"sku":"BIS24","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS24_6.jpg?v=1782868966"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-tropic-canister-filter-2200-lph-uv-9-watt","title":"Bioscape Tropic Canister Filter 2200 lph UV 9 watt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull canister filtration with a 9W UV clarifier built in, for tanks up to 700 litres.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Tropic Canister Filter 2200 sits below the aquarium in the cabinet and pulls water through three stages of media before pushing it back through the UV chamber, so mechanical, biological and chemical filtration and pathogen control happen in one pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,200 L\/h rated flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for several full turnovers an hour on tanks toward the top of its 700 L range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in 9W UV clarifier\u003c\/strong\u003e — every pass through the canister also passes the UV chamber, clearing green water and free-floating pathogens without a separate in-line unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-stage media, included\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical, biological and chemical media ship with the filter, not sold separately to get started.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Start priming\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pump primes itself on start-up rather than needing a manual siphon to get water moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve-isolated maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e — shut-off valves on the intake and return let you pull the canister for a clean without draining the tank or the hoses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasket handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — the media baskets lift out by their handles for a faster clean and refill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated aquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV clarifier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 W, integrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 W (includes the 9 W UV lamp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220–240 V, 50 Hz (Australian mains)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration stages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 — mechanical, biological, chemical, media included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated to 700 L, this canister is sized for medium to large freshwater and marine aquariums. At the top of that range, 2,200 L\/h works out to a little over three times the tank volume turned over every hour — a reasonable minimum for a heavily stocked or heavily planted tank. On a smaller tank in the 200–300 L range, the same unit turns over closer to seven to ten times an hour, more flow than most community setups need; consider Bioscape's smaller Tropic canister models (800 or 1200) if your tank is under roughly 350 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2,200 L\/h is the manufacturer's rated flow at zero head, measured with the canister empty. As with any canister filter, real flow at the spray bar drops once the media baskets are loaded and once lift height and hose run to the tank are added. Bioscape hasn't published a loaded-flow figure or a head-height curve for this model, so if your tank is near the top of the 700 L rating, plan for noticeably less than 2,200 L\/h delivered in practice rather than sizing right on the headline number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse mechanical and biological media in tank water at water changes rather than tap water, to protect the bacteria colony. A UV lamp's germicidal output fades well before the tube stops glowing, so replace it on a fixed schedule rather than by eye — Bioscape hasn't published this model's specific interval, so check with us or the manufacturer if you're unsure how long yours has been running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums up to 700 L, including setups where clarifying the water without a separate in-line steriliser is useful. Not suitable as the sole filter on tanks significantly larger than 700 L, and not a substitute for a protein skimmer on a reef system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by a 2-year manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Runs on standard 220–240 V, 50 Hz Australian household power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the UV clarifier need a separate power point?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the 9 W UV lamp draws from the same 45 W total power connection as the canister pump, and runs whenever the filter is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this without the UV stage active?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV chamber is built into the main water path rather than a bypass loop, so water always passes it while the filter is running — there's no separate switch to disable just the UV lamp on this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat media does it come with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full three-stage set — mechanical, biological and chemical media — ships in the baskets, so it's ready to run without buying media separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape rates this canister for marine as well as freshwater use. As with any UV device, check compatibility with any planned ozone or supplement dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774335144227,"sku":"BIS34","price":458.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS34_14.jpg?v=1782868968"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-24ltr-nano-replace-polywool-filter-pads-3-pack","title":"Bioscape 24ltr Nano Replace Polywool Filter Pads 3 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the water in your Bioscape 24 L Nano crystal clear.\u003c\/strong\u003e These polywool filter pads are the mechanical-stage replacement media for the built-in filter chamber in the Bioscape 24 L Nano Aquarium Unit, supplied as a three-pack so you always have a fresh pad on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine polywool weave\u003c\/strong\u003e — traps suspended particles before they cloud the water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the Nano 24 L Unit's filter chamber, no trimming needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — several changes' worth in one order, so you're not caught short.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical stage only\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits ahead of the unit's biological media to protect it from clogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS138\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975050146\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolywool (mechanical filtration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape 24 L Nano Aquarium Unit (built-in filter chamber)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is sized specifically for the Bioscape 24 L Nano Aquarium Unit's internal filter box. It is not sized for the Bioscape Tropic Easy Clean hang-on filters or other Bioscape filter ranges — those use their own foam, carbon and bio-ball cartridges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater or marine set-ups running the Nano 24 L Unit's built-in filter. Not suitable as a stand-alone biological or chemical filter stage — it removes suspended debris only, and won't process ammonia or nitrite on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the pad in tank water at each water change to extend its life. Replace it once it has browned and compacted, rather than on a fixed schedule — a pad that's still white and open-textured is still working. Swapping it before the biological media behind it keeps the whole filter running efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Bioscape's standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Ships standard parcel post from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to change this pad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere's no fixed interval — check it at each water change and replace once it's visibly browned and starting to compact, usually every few weeks in an established tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit any other Bioscape filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's cut specifically for the Nano 24 L Unit's own filter chamber, not the Easy Clean hang-on range or other Bioscape units.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I rinse it in tap water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse in removed tank water where possible. Tap water's chlorine or chloramine can kill some of the beneficial bacteria living on the media behind the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this pad remove ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is the mechanical stage only, catching debris. Ammonia and nitrite are handled by the biological media sitting behind it in the filter chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774338421027,"sku":"BIS138","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS138_1_82ad638a-9c21-4ea7-954f-101fb82c2ff9.jpg?v=1782868936"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-40ltr-nano-replace-polywool-filter-pads-3-pack","title":"Bioscape 40ltr Nano Replace Polywool Filter Pads 3 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe first line of defence for a crystal-clear 40 L nano.\u003c\/strong\u003e This three-pack of polywool filter pads is the mechanical-stage replacement for the Bioscape Nano Aquarium Unit 40 L (BIS135) — the pad that catches fine particles before they reach the biological and chemical media behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine polywool weave\u003c\/strong\u003e — traps suspended particles that a sponge alone lets through, so the tank clears faster after a clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — cut and sized for the Bioscape Nano 40 L filter compartment, no trimming needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — several changes on hand, so you're never waiting on a reorder mid-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the media behind it\u003c\/strong\u003e — catching debris here keeps the zeolite\/carbon cartridge and bio-cylinder working longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat it fits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits the mechanical stage of the Bioscape Nano Aquarium Unit 40 L (BIS135) filter box. It is not interchangeable with the zeolite\/carbon or bio-cylinder media stages in the same unit, or with the 24 L and 61 L Nano units, which use their own sized media.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere's no fixed changeout date published for this pad — how fast it browns depends on bioload and feeding. As a guide, check it weekly and swap it once it's visibly discoloured or slow to let water through. Rinse a lightly soiled pad in old tank water to extend it a few more days rather than binning it early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFreshwater and marine nano setups running the Bioscape 40 L Nano Aquarium Unit. Not a substitute for biological or chemical media — this pad handles mechanical filtration only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to change the pad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwap it once it looks brown or grey and water starts to flow through more slowly than usual — that's the pad telling you it's full.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I rinse and reuse it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA light rinse in old tank water (never tap water, which will kill the bacteria on the pad) can buy a few extra days, but polywool isn't designed for repeated reuse — replace it once it's genuinely dirty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit the 24 L or 61 L Nano units?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each Bioscape Nano size uses its own filter pad cut to size — check your unit's litre rating before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty and delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774338453795,"sku":"BIS139","price":7.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS139_1_5b46bd4a-a351-4dae-aacd-7f8db55c5242.jpg?v=1782868936"},{"product_id":"red-sea-filter-media-bags","title":"Red Sea Filter Media Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA media bag, not a filter sock — know which one you need.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea Filter Media Bags are genuine Red Sea part R37401: high quality drawstring nylon bags, 12.5 x 25 cm (5\" x 10\"), two per pack, reusable. This is the same bag Red Sea supplies with its REEF-SPEC Carbon, now sold on its own for holding any loose chemical or mechanical media in a sump or filter chamber. It is sized on dimensions, not on a model number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawstring closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills, ties and reopens without clips, so you can top up or swap media without replacing the bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to run one and rinse one, which is how most people actually use them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea lists reusability as a feature. Rinse and refill rather than discard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes any loose media\u003c\/strong\u003e — carbon, GFO, phosphate remover, resins. Red Sea's own wording is that it suits all types of aquarium filter media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe bag Red Sea ships with REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/strong\u003e — if you have used their carbon, this is the bag it came in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR37401\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 x 25 cm (5\" x 10\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 bags per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon, drawstring closure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended media\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll types of loose aquarium filter media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMicron rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Red Sea — see below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome overseas dealers list this bag as 14 x 25 cm and as holding 1000 mL. Red Sea's own figure is 12.5 x 25 cm, and Red Sea publishes no volume, so that is what this page states.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is not a model-specific part, and we are not going to pretend it is.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea publishes no compatibility list for R37401 — no REEFER generation, no MAX model, nothing. It does not appear in any Red Sea manual, sump drawing or exploded parts diagram. It is a loose drawstring bag with no holder interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo the honest answer to \"will it fit?\" is dimensional. A 12.5 x 25 cm bag will sit in any sump chamber, media compartment or filter basket that has room for it. Measure the space you want to put it in. If a bag that size fits, this bag fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor reference, Red Sea's Filter Media Cup (part 42177) holds one litre of media, is described by Red Sea as suitable for REEFER and MAX systems, and ships with a media bag included. That is a claim about the cup, not about this bag, so do not read it as a fitment guarantee for R37401.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat this is not\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common mistake with this part is buying it when you actually wanted a micron filter bag. They are different products with different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIf you want to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHold carbon, GFO or resin in a sump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis bag, R37401 — a drawstring media bag with no rated pore size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanically filter water through a rated pore size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA Red Sea micron filter bag — R42195 (100 micron felt), R42196 (225 micron felt) or R42197 (225 micron thin mesh)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrop media into a fitted holder in a REEFER or MAX sump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe Red Sea Filter Media Cup, part 42177\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea publishes no micron rating for R37401\u003c\/strong\u003e, only that it has an ideal mesh size for aquarium filter media. If your setup depends on a specific pore size, this is not the part — buy a rated micron bag instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in old tank water or dechlorinated water, never under a hot tap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the bag out when you change media — a clogged bag chokes flow through the media inside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea publishes no replacement interval. Replace when the mesh thins, the seams give, or the drawstring stops holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overfill. Media needs water moving through it, not packed around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivated carbon, GFO and phosphate removers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate and organic removal resins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny loose granular media in a sump chamber or filter basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater and marine systems alike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated mechanical filtration.\u003c\/strong\u003e No published micron rating means no guaranteed particle retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse as a filter sock in a sock holder.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has no collar or ring to seat in one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery fine powdered media, which will wash straight through a mesh of unstated aperture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-diy-net-cover-90cmx60cm-36-x-24\"\u003eRed Sea DIY Net Cover\u003c\/a\u003e — the other genuine Red Sea accessory most REEFER and MAX owners get around to eventually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-nitrite-nitrate-test-60-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Nitrite\/Nitrate Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — measure the nitrate before and after you run a resin, or you will never know if it worked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the routine four parameters for a system running chemical media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water changes that go alongside media changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's warranty expressly does not cover normal wear and tear, or items that have a limited natural life or are consumable — Red Sea names filter socks and sponges among its examples. A media bag is a consumable and is not covered for wear. Any manufacturer warranty is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law and does not limit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard freight. No dangerous goods or oversize handling applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Red Sea part number for these media bags?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR37401. Red Sea's own product page does not print the part number, but it is the code used by Red Sea's spare parts system and by Red Sea distributors for the 2-pack drawstring media bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Red Sea systems do these bags fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a model compatibility list for this bag, because it is a universal drawstring bag rather than a fitted part. At 12.5 x 25 cm it will sit in any sump chamber, media compartment or basket with room for it. Measure the space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat micron are Red Sea filter media bags?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a micron rating for R37401 — only that the mesh size suits aquarium filter media generally. If you need a rated pore size, use Red Sea's micron filter bags instead: R42195 at 100 micron, or R42196 and R42197 at 225 micron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many bags come in a pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo. Red Sea's own specification reads 12.5 x 25 cm, 2 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I reuse them?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Red Sea lists the bag as reusable. Rinse it out at each media change and replace it when the mesh thins or the drawstring gives up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is an inert nylon bag holding whatever media you put in it, so the water type makes no difference to the bag itself.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242229055779,"sku":"BA8874","price":12.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/file_5e9ac67c-8827-4b61-b57e-62aaf02d45c5.png?v=1782301956"},{"product_id":"seachem-phosbond-bag","title":"Seachem PhosBond (Bag)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same phosphate and silicate remover as loose PhosBond, pre-packed in its own media bag so you can drop it straight into the filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem PhosBond (Bag) combines ferric oxide coated aluminium oxide to pull both phosphate and silicate out of fresh and saltwater in one pass, supplied ready to use without needing a separate mesh bag or reactor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves phosphate and silicate together\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same dual-action media as loose PhosBond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-bagged\u003c\/strong\u003e — no need to buy or fill a separate media bag before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — one product for either system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — can be dried and returned to service until exhausted, and doesn't leach phosphate or silicate back out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 250 g and 500 g, sold by weight rather than volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosBond, pre-packed in a media bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComposition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFerric oxide coated aluminium oxide (GFO + aluminium oxide blend)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate and silicate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 g, 500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister filter, media chamber, box filter or high-flow area of a trickle filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — dry and return to service until exhausted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem publishes PhosBond's dose rate by volume (60 mL per 200 L saltwater, or 60 mL per 400 L freshwater) rather than by weight, and we haven't been able to confirm an exact gram-to-millilitre conversion directly from Seachem for this pre-bagged pack. As a guide, the 500 g bag is roughly double the media of the 250 g bag — for a precise dose on a specific tank size, our loose Seachem PhosBond sizes (measured in mL) let you dose against Seachem's published volume-based rate directly, or ask our team and we'll help you match the bagged pack to your system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the bag directly into a canister filter, media chamber, box filter, or the high-flow section of a trickle filter — no need to decant it into your own media bag first. Test phosphate after 4 days in place; if it hasn't dropped to around 0.02 mg\/L, leave it running and test again in a few more days. Once levels are low and stable, the media can stay in place until they start climbing again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef tanks and FOWLR systems fighting nuisance algae, freshwater tanks with excess phosphate, anyone who'd rather drop a ready-made bag straight in than fill their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise dosing where you need to match Seachem's published mL-based rate exactly — for that, the loose PhosBond sizes give you a direct volume to work from.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe media can be removed, rinsed and dried between uses and returned to service until it's fully exhausted — it doesn't release what it's captured back into the water. Replace it once it stops bringing phosphate back down after a few days in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee at the time of sale, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the loose PhosBond?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame media, same job — this pack is already inside a media bag and sold by weight (250 g or 500 g) rather than volume, so there's nothing extra to buy or fill before using it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know how much to use for my tank size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published dose rate is by volume, not weight, so for a precise match to a specific tank size the loose mL-sized PhosBond is easier to dose exactly. For this bagged pack, treat 500 g as roughly double the 250 g bag and check with us if you want help sizing it to your system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — PhosBond works in both freshwater and saltwater; the underlying dose rate is simply lower for freshwater than saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need my own media bag as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this pack already comes bagged and ready to place into your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"250g","offer_id":55335432290595,"sku":"BA8880","price":20.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500g","offer_id":55242229317923,"sku":"BA8879","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1263-phosbond-4-l_e6b9d613-e4a5-4af3-b269-4940ae83d77e.png?v=1782710512"},{"product_id":"bioscape-pro-1050lph-canister-filter","title":"Bioscape PRO 1050LPH Canister Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your water clean and clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Bioscape PRO canister filter draws water through mechanical, biological and chemical media to keep your aquarium clean, clear and healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy it works:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical, biological and chemical filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet, reliable running\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to maintain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e This filter is rated 1050 lph; suits aquariums sized to its rating; rinse media in tank water. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e BA8810\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bioscape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquarium filter (canister)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1050 lph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242230694179,"sku":"BA8810","price":289.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-ozone-generator","title":"Aqua Medic Ozone Generator","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOzone lifts redox and polishes water clarity beyond what a skimmer alone can do.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Ozone Generator produces ozone gas that's fed into a protein skimmer or reactor, where it breaks down dissolved organics, oxidises tannins and colour, and pushes redox up in marine and reef systems. It's sold across four output sizes — 30, 90, 250 and 400 mg\/h — so the right one depends on your system volume and how hard you're already skimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour output sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 to 400 mg\/h, covering nano reefs through large display and system volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable output\u003c\/strong\u003e — dial ozone production down rather than running flat-out on every system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V DC generator with external transformer\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a 100-240V 50\/60Hz supply, so it's compatible with Australian power without a separate converter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to feed a reactor or skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e — ozone is injected into the air intake of your existing skimmer or a dedicated ozone reactor, not dosed directly into the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOzone output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-400 mg\/h depending on model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5-5 W depending on model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC generator, 100-240V 50\/60Hz external transformer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAir hose connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm push-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable output dial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariant specifications — all four sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOzone output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits freshwater up to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits marine\/reef up to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRunning cost, continuous, at 30c\/kWh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOzone 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 30 mg\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. $6.57\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOzone 90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 90 mg\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. $9.20\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOzone 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 250 mg\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. $13.14\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOzone 400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 400 mg\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. $13.14\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine and reef systems need more ozone per litre than freshwater, because the target is redox and organics rather than just water clarity — that's why the marine capacity in the table above is always lower than the freshwater capacity for the same model. Start from your marine or reef system's total water volume, including sump, and pick the model rated at or above it. If your system sits right on the boundary between two models, the larger one gives you headroom to dial back rather than running flat-out permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOzone generator unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal power transformer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir dryer — humid feed air reduces ozone output; see the Aqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOzone reactor or skimmer injection fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedox (ORP) controller or probe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine, reef and freshwater systems run through an existing skimmer or a dedicated ozone reactor, sized to the table above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e dosing directly into the display with no skimmer or reactor to strip the treated air, and no carbon stage to catch any ozone residual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower draw is low across the range — 2.5 W on the smallest model up to 5 W on the 250 and 400. Run continuously at 30c\/kWh, that's roughly $6.57 to $13.14 a year depending on model; see the variant table above for the figure per size. The real running cost to plan around is redox: an ozone generator run without a controller can push redox higher than intended, which is a livestock risk, not just a power bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOzone is a lung and gill irritant at working concentrations and must never vent into the room. Always feed ozone into a skimmer or reactor, run the treated water back through activated carbon before it reaches the display, and use a redox controller to cut the generator off if redox climbs too high. Feed the generator with dry air — see the Aqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer — since humid air reduces output and shortens desiccant life downstream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-ozone-booster-air-dryer\"\u003eAqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer\u003c\/a\u003e — dries the feed air so output stays consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-t-controller-twin-2-0\"\u003eAqua Medic T Controller Twin 2.0\u003c\/a\u003e — pairs with a redox probe to control the generator automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-230mv-redox-orp-test-fluid-60ml\"\u003eAqua Medic 230mV Redox (ORP) Test Fluid 60ml\u003c\/a\u003e — for calibrating the redox probe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a controller to run this safely?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will run without one, but a redox controller is the only way to stop ozone production automatically if redox runs higher than intended. We'd recommend one on any system running ozone continuously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I feed ozone straight into my display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — ozone needs to be injected into a skimmer or reactor and the treated water passed through carbon before it reaches livestock. Dosing it directly is a livestock safety risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the marine capacity drop so much compared to freshwater on the same model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine and reef systems are being dosed for redox and organics rather than just clarity, which needs more ozone per litre than a freshwater system — so the same generator covers a smaller marine volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the four sizes besides output?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower draw steps up with output — 2.5 W on the 30, up to 5 W on the 250 and 400 — but all four share the same 12V DC generator and 100-240V transformer arrangement and the same 4\/6 mm hose connection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":55242232791331,"sku":"BA7915","price":322.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"90","offer_id":55335401259299,"sku":"BA7914","price":373.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"250","offer_id":55335401292067,"sku":"BA7913","price":423.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"400","offer_id":55335401324835,"sku":"AA3396","price":478.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-ozone-generator-30-3000706-1600.jpg?v=1781836594"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-ozone-booster-air-dryer","title":"Aqua Medic Ozone Booster - Air Dryer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamp air is the main reason an ozone generator underperforms.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Ozone Booster is an in-line air dryer: air is drawn through a chamber of silica gel desiccant before it reaches your ozone generator, so the generator is fed dry air instead of the humid air already in your fish room. Ozone output drops sharply when the feed air is humid, so this sits between your air source and the generator on every serious ozone setup, not just the largest ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 L silica gel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — pre-filled, ready to plumb straight into your air line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4\/6 mm push-fit connection\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the tubing used on Aqua Medic ozone generators and most other brands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-line, no power required\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits passively between your air source and the generator; nothing to wire in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible beyond the Aqua Medic range\u003c\/strong\u003e — works with most ozone generators that use standard 4\/6 mm airline tubing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 240 mm long x 80 mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L silica gel desiccant, pre-filled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm push-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003enone — passive in-line unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir dryer chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 L silica gel desiccant, already loaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOzone generator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir pump or air line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any ozone setup, freshwater or marine, where the air feeding the generator isn't already bone-dry — which in a humid fish room is nearly always.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use as a stand-alone air dryer disconnected from an ozone generator; it's sized and priced for this specific job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silica gel absorbs moisture from the air passing through it and will eventually reach capacity. If your ozone generator's output seems to be dropping and the air feeding it is humid, that's the first thing to check. If you're not sure whether the desiccant in yours still has life left in it, get in touch and we'll help you work out whether it needs a refill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit dries air only — it doesn't generate or handle ozone itself. Ozone is a lung and gill irritant at working concentrations, so always run your ozone generator into a reactor or skimmer, feed the treated water back through activated carbon before it reaches the display, and use a redox controller to stop the generator if redox climbs too high. See the Aqua Medic Ozone Generator listing for full setup guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-ozone-generator\"\u003eAqua Medic Ozone Generator\u003c\/a\u003e — the unit this dryer is designed to feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-t-controller-twin-2-0\"\u003eAqua Medic T Controller Twin 2.0\u003c\/a\u003e — pairs with a redox probe to shut the ozone generator down if redox runs high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-230mv-redox-orp-test-fluid-60ml\"\u003eAqua Medic 230mV Redox (ORP) Test Fluid 60ml\u003c\/a\u003e — for calibrating a redox probe used alongside ozone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I actually need this, or can I run the ozone generator straight off my air pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can run it without a dryer, but humid air feeding the generator reduces ozone output — sometimes significantly, depending on how humid your fish room air is. This chamber removes that variable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when the silica gel needs replacing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch your ozone generator's effect on redox and water clarity — a generator that used to hold redox up and has stopped doing so, with everything else unchanged, is worth checking. Contact us if you'd like help diagnosing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit an ozone generator from another brand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost likely, if it uses standard 4\/6 mm push-fit airline tubing, which covers the majority of hobby ozone generators. Check your generator's hose connection size before ordering if you're not running an Aqua Medic unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234167587,"sku":"AA3395","price":336.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-ozone-booster-air-dryer-3001406-1600.jpg?v=1781836594"},{"product_id":"aqua-ultraviolet-twist-uv-sterilisers-57w","title":"Aqua Ultraviolet Twist UV Sterilisers 57w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA UV steriliser's dose changes with flow, so the number on the box is only ever true at one flow rate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Ultraviolet Twist UV 57 W Steriliser passes aquarium water past a 57 W UV-C lamp inside a quartz sleeve, exposing everything that flows through to germicidal UV-C light. Run it fast and it clarifies green water and knocks back algae; throttle the flow right back and the same unit delivers a high enough dose to affect free-swimming parasite stages. Which one you get depends entirely on how fast the water moves through it – covered in full below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e57 W UV-C output\u003c\/strong\u003e – sized for saltwater systems up to roughly 355 US gal (1,345 L) at sterilising flow, or freshwater systems up to 3,000 US gal (11,355 L) at clarifying flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDose changes with flow\u003c\/strong\u003e – full clarifying flow of up to 3,200 GPH (12,110 L\/h) delivers roughly 30,000 µW·s\/cm² at end-of-lamp-life; throttled back to around 1,066 GPH (4,035 L\/h) it delivers around 90,000 µW·s\/cm² – see the full table below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4″ barb inlet and outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e – plumbs in-line with standard aquarium hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist quick-fit design\u003c\/strong\u003e – lamp and sleeve access without unplumbing the unit body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e~14-month lamp life\u003c\/strong\u003e – UV-C output fades well before the lamp stops visibly glowing, so Aqua Ultraviolet rates the lamp on a service interval rather than \"until it goes out\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUV lamp power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 W UV-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended freshwater tank size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,000 US gal (11,355 L) for sterilisation and clarification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended saltwater tank size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 355 US gal (1,345 L) at sterilising flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet \/ outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4″ barb, both ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508 x 95 x 152 mm (20 x 3.75 x 6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 kg (7 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLamp replacement interval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 14 months of continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance – UV dose against flow rate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the number that actually matters, and it isn't on most retailers' pages: the UV dose this unit delivers falls as flow rises, because faster-moving water spends less time next to the lamp. Aqua Ultraviolet publishes the following saltwater dose table, rated conservatively at end-of-lamp-life rather than with a brand-new lamp:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose at end of lamp life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it's suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,000 µW·s\/cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,200 GPH (12,110 L\/h)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral clarity and algae control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45,000 µW·s\/cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,133 GPH (8,070 L\/h)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef tanks – Aqua Ultraviolet's recommended band for reef systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60,000 µW·s\/cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 GPH (6,060 L\/h)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStepped-up general pathogen control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75,000 µW·s\/cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,280 GPH (4,845 L\/h)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine fish-only systems – lower end of the disease-control band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90,000 µW·s\/cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,066 GPH (4,035 L\/h)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine fish-only systems – upper end of the disease-control band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow rate that clarifies water and the flow rate that meaningfully affects parasites are not the same setting. At the full 3,200 GPH rated flow, this unit is doing a good job on green water and floating algae, at roughly a third of the dose needed to reliably affect free-swimming parasite stages such as whitespot (ich). To reach the 75,000–90,000 µW·s\/cm² band, flow needs to be throttled back to around 1,066–1,280 GPH – well under half the clarifying flow rate. Slowing the flow that far isn't a settings tweak you make once and forget; it's a different operating mode for a different job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA UV steriliser run in the disease-control band reduces the free-swimming parasite load passing through the water column – it does not treat parasites already attached to a fish, and it is not a substitute for correct quarantine and treatment of an active outbreak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums as an in-line clarifier at high flow, or as a supplementary pathogen-control tool at reduced flow, plumbed after mechanical filtration so debris doesn't shade the lamp. Not a substitute for quarantine procedure, and not a treatment for parasites or bacteria already established on fish or in the display – it only affects organisms that pass through the chamber while the lamp is running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e steriliser body with the lamp and quartz sleeve fitted, power transformer, and 3\/4″ barb fittings for the inlet and outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e aquarium hose or pipework sized to 3\/4″, a valve or gate valve if you want to set a specific flow rate for pathogen control, a mounting point in-line after your mechanical filtration, and a GPO protected by a residual current device (RCD\/safety switch), which is good practice for any mains-powered wet-area appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun continuously, 57 W works out to roughly 500 kWh a year. At a 30c\/kWh tariff assumption, that's in the order of $150 a year to keep the unit running around the clock – your own tariff and hours of use will move that figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the lamp at around 14 months of continuous use, even though it will still be glowing – UV-C germicidal output fades well before the visible light does. Wipe or replace the quartz sleeve at the same time; a scaled or scratched sleeve blocks UV-C output regardless of how new the lamp is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-powered wet-area appliance – install on a GPO protected by an RCD\/safety switch. Never look directly at the lamp while the unit is powered and open; UV-C causes eye and skin burns. Switch off and unplug before opening the housing to service the lamp or sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-ultraviolet-twist-uv-57w-lamp\"\u003eAqua Ultraviolet Twist UV 57W Replacement Lamp\u003c\/a\u003e – the annual service part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-ultraviolet-twist-uv-25w-57w-quart-sleeve\"\u003eAqua Ultraviolet Twist UV 25W\/57W Quartz Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e – replace alongside the lamp if scaled or scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auv-barb-fitting-2pk\"\u003eAqua Ultraviolet 3\/4\" Barb Fitting 2pk\u003c\/a\u003e – spare inlet\/outlet fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Ultraviolet's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat flow rate should I run it at for a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Ultraviolet's own guidance puts reef systems in the 30,000–45,000 µW·s\/cm² band, which on this unit is a flow of roughly 2,133–3,200 GPH (8,070–12,110 L\/h).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this cure whitespot (ich) in my display tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo single piece of equipment cures an active outbreak on its own. Run at the 75,000–90,000 µW·s\/cm² band (roughly 1,066–1,280 GPH), a UV steriliser reduces the free-swimming parasite stages reinfecting your fish, alongside proper treatment and quarantine – it doesn't reach parasites already attached to a fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate controller to slow the flow down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo controller is required – a simple gate valve or ball valve on the plumbing either side of the unit lets you dial the flow back to the dose you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the dose table assume a new lamp or an old one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn old one – Aqua Ultraviolet rates these figures at end-of-lamp-life, so the dose you actually get is never worse than what's shown, and is higher with a fresh lamp fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this on a freshwater pond as well as a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – it's rated to 3,000 US gal (11,355 L) for freshwater sterilisation and clarification, well beyond most home aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Ultraviolet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242236100899,"sku":"BA8303","price":1295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-ultraviolet-twist-uv-sterilisers-57w-3006582-1600.jpg?v=1781836593"},{"product_id":"seachem-cuprisorb-100ml-50g-bag","title":"Seachem CupriSorb 100ml 50g Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRapidly clears copper and heavy metals from aquarium water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem CupriSorb is a 100 mL bag of copper-specific chelating resin designed to strip copper and other heavy metals out of freshwater and saltwater aquariums. It works faster than carbon and, unlike simple cation exchange resins, stays effective in saltwater as well as freshwater, making it a go-to option for emergency copper removal after medicating with a copper-based treatment or dealing with metal contamination from tank hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper-specific chelating resin\u003c\/strong\u003e — extracts all types of copper, including chelated copper, from the water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves multiple heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e — also draws out nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium and manganese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster than carbon\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes copper more rapidly and efficiently than activated carbon, useful for emergency copper removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in freshwater and saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a true chelating resin it remains effective in marine systems, unlike ordinary cation exchange resins that only work in freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-change exhaustion indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e — beads turn a pronounced deep blue-black when spent, so you can see at a glance when it needs replacing or regenerating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegenerable\u003c\/strong\u003e — can be regenerated repeatedly with a muriatic acid soak rather than discarded after one use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill not leach back into the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — does not release anything into the water, so it is compatible with all aquarium species while in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 250 mL dose treats 600 L (150 US gallons) and removes up to 12 ppm (mg\/L) of copper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCupriSorb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper-specific chelating adsorbent resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL \/ 50 g bag (SKU AA3653)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper (all forms, including chelated copper), nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium, manganese\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with a muriatic acid soak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 100 mL pre-bagged packet of CupriSorb treats up to 60 US gallons (approximately 227 litres). For loose media, the standard rate is 250 mL per 600 L (150 US gallons), removing up to 12 ppm (mg\/L) of copper. Place CupriSorb in a filter media bag (such as Seachem's The Bag) positioned to maximise water flow through it, for example in a canister filter, chemical filtration module, box filter, or a high-flow area of a trickle filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCupriSorb dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L (10 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L (20 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L (60 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L (150 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater and saltwater aquariums, including reef tanks and invertebrate or shrimp tanks, as CupriSorb does not release anything back into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended for permanent, continuous use in a filter — pulling out too much dissolved metal over time can deplete trace elements that fish, corals and invertebrates need, leading to tissue degradation, poor colouration and improper growth. Use it to bring elevated copper or heavy metal levels down, then remove or monitor it rather than leaving it running indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch the beads: a pronounced colour change to deep blue-black means the media is exhausted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep CupriSorb running for at least two weeks after a copper test reports a nil reading, to catch any further metal leaching from substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo regenerate, soak the resin in a non-metal container in a mix of 2 cups of water to ½ cup of muriatic acid (available from pool supply stores), for 1 hour, then rinse; repeat as needed until the original colour is restored. Always follow the warnings printed on the acid container and carry out the soak outdoors, away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter the acid soak, rinse well, add sodium bicarbonate until foaming stops, then rinse again before returning CupriSorb to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the original colour cannot be restored after several acid washes, the spent resin can instead be regenerated using Seachem HyperSorb or Purigen, or simply discarded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll statutory consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law apply to this product in addition to any rights arising from your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does Seachem CupriSorb remove?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt removes all forms of copper, including chelated copper, plus nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium and manganese. Seachem has no data confirming effectiveness against other heavy metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much water will one 100 mL bag treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 100 mL pre-bagged packet treats up to 60 US gallons (approximately 227 litres).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Seachem CupriSorb safe with corals and invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It does not release anything into the water, so it is compatible with all aquarium species. Avoid leaving it running permanently, as removing too much trace metal can affect coral colouration and invertebrate health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when CupriSorb is exhausted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beads develop a pronounced deep blue-black colour when spent. Keep it in use for at least two weeks after a copper test shows a nil reading, since substrate can continue to leach copper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan CupriSorb be reused?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be regenerated repeatedly using a muriatic acid soak followed by a sodium bicarbonate rinse. If the colour will not restore after several washes, it can be regenerated as HyperSorb or Purigen, or discarded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in both freshwater and saltwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Because CupriSorb is a chelating resin rather than a cation exchange resin, it remains effective in saltwater as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242238034211,"sku":"AA3653","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0205-cuprisorb-100-ml_cd7abf2d-073b-4b27-bf04-bd3069a105ab.png?v=1782710513"},{"product_id":"orca-50x50cm-black-foam","title":"Orca 50x50cm Black Foam","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne sheet cuts to fit almost any filter, sump or DIY build.\u003c\/strong\u003e This Orca black filter foam is a 50 x 50 cm sheet available in 4 cm or 6 cm thickness, sized to trim into canister baskets, sump baffles, hang-on-back filters and sponge filter housings. It gives mechanical and biological filtration in a single material, and because it's sold as a full sheet rather than a shaped cartridge, one sheet typically replaces several branded pre-cut inserts over the life of a filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 x 50 cm sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e — cut to the exact shape your filter needs, with offcuts kept for the next change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo thicknesses\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 cm for lighter mechanical duty, 6 cm where you want more media volume and more surface for bacteria to colonise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical and biological filtration together\u003c\/strong\u003e — traps floating debris while giving bacteria somewhere to live.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits most filter types\u003c\/strong\u003e — canister baskets, sumps, hang-on-back filters, internal filters and DIY sponge filters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter value than pre-cut cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e — one sheet can replace several branded inserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e4 cm sheet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e6 cm sheet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3623\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3622\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9325466005385\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9325466005392\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSheet size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich thickness do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 cm sheet suits smaller canister baskets and hang-on-back filters where space is tight and mechanical duty is light. The 6 cm sheet suits larger sumps and heavier bioloads, and gives enough depth to cut and replace half the sheet at a time so the filter never loses its whole bacterial colony in one change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for canister filters, sumps, hang-on-back filters, internal filters and home-built sponge filters, in both freshwater and marine tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable as a rigid pre-shaped cartridge replacement — this foam has no frame, so filters that rely on a moulded cartridge to seal against bypass may need the sheet packed firmly rather than dropped in loose. In a heavily stocked marine system it's best paired with a dedicated biomedia rather than used as the only biological stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse in water taken from the tank during a water change, not tap water — tap water's chlorine or chloramine will kill the bacteria living in the foam. Replace gradually: cut and swap a portion of the sheet at a time rather than the whole thing, so the filter keeps most of its bacterial colony through each change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-bioscape-carbon-extraction-pad-25-x-45cm\"\u003eBioscape Carbon Extraction Pad 25 x 45cm\u003c\/a\u003e — add a chemical filtration stage alongside the mechanical and biological work this foam does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — dechlorinate top-up water before it reaches newly rinsed foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — keep the glass clear between the longer intervals a full sheet allows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a cut-to-size filtration consumable and isn't covered by a separate manufacturer warranty; your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. It ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut it to any shape?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's sold as a flat sheet specifically so you can trim it to fit your filter basket, sump baffle or DIY build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it affect my water chemistry?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's an inert filtration foam and won't change pH or hardness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to replace it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it stays clogged and slows flow even after a rinse in tank water, or when it's visibly compressed and torn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it's suitable for both freshwater and marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the 4 cm or 6 cm sheet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose 4 cm for smaller filters with light mechanical duty, and 6 cm for larger sumps or heavier bioloads where you want more media depth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Orca","offers":[{"title":"4cm","offer_id":55242240491811,"sku":"AA3623","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6cm","offer_id":55335351910691,"sku":"AA3622","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-plankton-light-reactor-ii","title":"Aqua Medic Plankton Light Reactor II","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrow live phytoplankton at home to feed corals, filter feeders and copepod cultures on tap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Plankton Light Reactor II is a 5-litre illuminated culture vessel — a clear acrylic cylinder with a built-in 10 W LED grow light, a dosing-clamp hose and a pH probe holder in the lid. Seed it with a starter culture and saltwater (or freshwater, for infusoria), connect an air supply, and the integrated light drives rapid microalgae growth — Aqua Medic states the algae mass can quadruple in 24 hours under good conditions. It's the smaller-scale sibling to the Plankton Light Reactor PRO below, sized for one reef tank or refugium rather than a full culture room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in 10 W LED grow light\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs continuously to drive fast microalgae division without a separate aquarium light or windowsill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-litre acrylic culture vessel\u003c\/strong\u003e — small enough for a fish room shelf, large enough to feed a moderately stocked reef or a copepod culture on rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual hose connection (2 x 4\/6 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — one line for aeration, one for CO2 dosing where you're running enriched cultures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosing-clamp hose included\u003c\/strong\u003e — meter a slow, continuous harvest into the display or refugium instead of dumping the whole culture at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH probe holder in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — monitor culture health without opening the vessel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on around 88 kWh a year\u003c\/strong\u003e — the LED is designed to stay lit 24\/7, and at 10 W that's cheap enough to leave running continuously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCulture volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (including light)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated 10 W LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 4\/6 mm (air and CO2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine or freshwater microalgae culture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8028\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Plankton Light Reactor do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlankton Light Reactor II\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlankton Light Reactor PRO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCulture volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 W LED, 6,200 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ300 mm, 500 x 500 mm clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeding one display tank, or a copepod culture on the side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeding multiple systems, a frag farm, or a dedicated live-food operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're feeding one reef tank a supplementary dose of phytoplankton a few times a week, the II is the right size. If you're running continuous culture to feed several systems, or breeding copepods and rotifers at volume, the PRO's tenfold capacity is the one that keeps up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlankton Light Reactor II vessel with integrated 10 W LED lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing-clamp hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH probe holder (probe not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir pump — Aqua Medic recommends a Mistral 100 or larger to aerate the culture; this isn't supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter phytoplankton culture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertiliser or culture medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobbyists culturing phytoplankton to feed corals, clams, feather dusters and other filter feeders; copepod and rotifer culture that needs a steady green-water feed; refugium dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mass production for a commercial-scale operation — step up to the PRO; running without an external air pump, which the reactor needs to keep the culture in suspension and gas-exchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the vessel and lid between culture batches to stop old algae fouling the next one. Wipe the inside of the acrylic occasionally so light output doesn't drop as it fouls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMains-powered — keep the transformer and connections away from splashes and standing water, and don't submerge the lid electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn air pump such as a Mistral 100 or larger, to keep the culture aerated and mixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dosing pump, to automate the metered feed this reactor is built to support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopepod or phytoplankton starter cultures, to seed the vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need an air pump to run this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The reactor doesn't include one — Aqua Medic specifies a Mistral 100 or larger to keep the culture aerated and in suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run freshwater infusoria in this as well as marine phytoplankton?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the vessel and light work for either saltwater microalgae or freshwater culture — only the starter culture you add changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow fast does the culture grow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic states the algae mass can quadruple in 24 hours under good light, aeration and nutrient conditions, though real-world speed depends on your starter culture and how consistently you feed it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it dose the tank automatically?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the included dosing-clamp hose lets you meter a manual or pump-assisted feed; it isn't a self-contained doser.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242254418211,"sku":"BA8028","price":534.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-plankton-light-reactor-ii-3003685-1600.jpg?v=1781836765"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-35-hang-filter-up-to-130l","title":"Seachem Tidal 35 Hang-On Filter (up to 130L)","description":"\u003cp\u003eQuiet, refined hang-on filtration with a self-priming pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seachem Tidal 35 hang-on filter (for tanks up to 130 L) draws water through a large media basket for strong mechanical, biological and chemical filtration, with a surface skimmer and easy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquarists love it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge media basket you fill your way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-priming, quiet pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy, tool-free cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for tanks up to 130 L — ask us about media options. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums up to 130 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang-on (HOB) filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA2782\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242261037347,"sku":"AA2782","price":92.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6581-tidal_35_box-scaled_b84bf2ef-5840-4005-886d-9f3f20bca447.png?v=1782710514"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/auv00320-advantage-8w-uv-barb_86c1c4d7-f0ff-4e14-8d3a-cb868056ce8b.jpg?v=1786685746","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/sw-filtration.oembed?page=3","provider":"Nicks Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium","version":"1.0","type":"link"}